Full Decision of the Court

JUDGEMENT 1 – LORD REID

My Lords, this case raises the important question whether and in what circumstances a person can recover damages for loss suffered by reason of his having relied on an innocent but negligent misrepresentation. I cannot do better than adopt the following statement of the case for the judgment of McNAIR, J.:

“This case raised certain interesting questions of law as to the liability of bankers giving references as to the credit-worthiness of their customers. The [appellants] are a firm of advertising agents. The respondents are merchant bankers. In outline, the [appellants’] case against the [respondents] is that, having placed on behalf of a client, Easipower, Ltd., on credit terms substantial orders for advertising time on television programmes and for advertising space in certain newspapers on terms under which they, the [appellants], became personally liable to the television and newspaper companies, they caused inquiries to be made through their own bank of the [respondents] as to the credit-worthiness of Easipower, Ltd. who were customers of the [respondents] and were given by the [respondents] satisfactory references. These references turned out not to be justified, and the [appellants] claim that in reliance on the references, which they had no reason to question, they refrained from cancelling the orders so as to relieve themselves of their current liabilities.”


The appellants, becoming doubtful about the financial position of Easipower, Ltd., got their bank to communicate with the respondents who were Easipower, Ltd.’s bankers. This was done by telephone and the following is a contemporaneous note of the conversation which both parties agree is accurate:


“Heller & Partners, Ltd. Minute of telephone conversation. Call from National Provincial Bank, Ltd., 15, Bishopsgate, E.C.2. 18.8.58. Person called: L. Heller. re Easipower, Ltd. They wanted to know in confidence, and without responsibility on our part, the respectability and standing of Easipower, Ltd., and whether they would be good for an advertising contract for £8,000 to £9,000. I replied the company recently opened an account with us. Believed to be respectably constituted and considered good for its normal business engagements. The company is a subsidiary of Pena Industries, Ltd., which is in liquidation, but we understand that the managing director, Mr. Williams, is endeavouring to buy the shares of Easipower, Ltd., from the liquidator. We believe that the company would not undertake any commitments they are unable to fulfil.”


Some months later the appellants sought a further reference and on Nov. 7, 1958, the city office of National Provincial Bank, Ltd. wrote to the respondents in the following terms:


“Dear Sir, We shall be obliged by your opinion in confidence as to the respectability and standing of Easipower, Ltd., 27, Albemarle Street, London, W.1 and by stating whether you consider them trustworthy, in the way of business, to the extent of £100,000 per annum, advertising contract. Yours faithfully,…”


On Nov. 11, 1958, the respondents replied as follows:
“CONFIDENTIAL
“For your private use and without responsibility on the part of the bank or its officials. “Dear Sir, In reply to your inquiry of 7th instant. We beg to advise: — Re E Ltd. Respectably constituted company, considered good for its ordinary business engagements. Your figures are larger than we are accustomed to see. Yours faithfully,… Per pro. Heller & Partners, Ltd.”


National Provincial Bank communicated these replies to their customers, the appellants, and it is not suggested that this was improper or not warranted by modern custom. The appellants relied on these statements and as a result they lost over £ 17,000 when Easipower, Ltd. went into liquidation.


The appellants now seek to recover this loss from the respondents as damages on the ground that these replies were given negligently and in breach of the respondents’ duty to exercise care in giving them. In his judgment McNAIR, J., said:

“On the assumption stated above as to the existence of the duty, I have no hesitation in holding (1) that Mr. Heller was guilty of negligence in giving such a reference without making plain — as he did not — that it was intended to be a very guarded reference, and (2) that properly understood according to its ordinary and natural meaning the reference was not justified by facts known to Mr. Heller.”

Before your lordships the respondents were anxious to contest this finding but your lordships found it unnecessary to hear argument on this matter being of opinion that the appeal must fail even if Mr. Heller was negligent. Accordingly I cannot and do not express any opinion on the question whether Mr. Heller was in fact negligent. But I should make it plain that the appellants’ complaint is not that Mr. Heller gave his reply without adequate knowledge of the position, nor that he intended to create a false impression, but that what he said was in fact calculated to create a false impression and that he ought to have realised that.


The same applies to the respondents’ letter of Nov. 11.

McNAIR, J., gave judgment for the respondents on the ground that they owed no duty of care to the appellants. He said:


“I am accordingly driven to the conclusion by authority binding upon me that no such action lies in the absence of contract or fiduciary relationship. On the facts before me there is clearly no contract, nor can I find a fiduciary relationship. It was urged on behalf of the [appellants] that the facts that Easipower, Ltd. were heavily indebted to the [respondents] and that the [respondents] might benefit from the advertising campaign financed by the [appellants], were facts from which a special duty to exercise care might be inferred. In my judgment, however, these facts, though clearly relevant on the question of honesty if this had been in issue, are not sufficient to establish any special relationship involving a duty of care even if it was open to extend the sphere of special relationship beyond that of contract and fiduciary relationship.”


This judgment was affirmed by the Court of Appeal n(1) both because they were bound by authority and because they were not satisfied that it would be reasonable to impose on a banker the obligation suggested.

n(1) [1961] 3 All E.R. 891; [1962] 1 Q.B. 396.


Before coming to the main question of law it may be well to dispose of an argument that there was no sufficiently close relationship between these parties to give rise to any duty. It is said that the respondents did not know the precise purpose of the inquiries and did not even know whether National Provincial Bank, Ltd. wanted the information for its own use or for the use of a customer: they knew nothing of the appellants. I would reject that argument. They knew that the inquiry was in connexion with an advertising contract, and it was at least probable that the information was wanted by the advertising contractors. It seems to me quite immaterial that they did not know who these contractors were: there is no suggestion of any speciality which could have influenced them in deciding whether to give information or in what form to give it. I shall therefore treat this as if it were a case where a negligent misrepresentation is made directly to the person seeking information, opinion or advice, and I shall not attempt to decide what kind or degree of proximity is necessary before there can be a duty owed by the defendant to the plaintiff.

The appellants’ first argument was based on Donoghue (or McAlister) v. Stevenson n(2). That is a very important decision, but I do not think that it has any direct bearing on this case. That decision may encourage us to develop existing lines of authority, but it cannot entitle us to disregard them. Apart altogether from authority I would think that the law must treat negligent words differently from negligent acts. The law ought so far as possible to reflect the standards of the reasonable man, and that is what Donoghue (or McAlister) v. Stevenson n(2) sets out to do. The most obvious difference between negligent words and negligent acts is this. Quite careful people often express definite opinions on social or informal occasions, even when they see that others are likely to be influenced by them; and they often do that without taking that care which they would take if asked for their opinion professionally, or in a business connexion. The appellants agree that there can be no duty of care on such occasions, and we were referred to American and South African authorities where that is recognised, although their law appears to have gone much further than ours has yet done. But it is at least unusual casually to put into circulation negligently-made articles which are dangerous. A man might give a friend a negligently-prepared bottle of home-made wine and his friend’s guests might drink it with dire results; but it-is by no means clear that those guests would have no action against the negligent manufacturer. Another obvious difference is that a negligently-made article will only cause one accident, and so it is not very difficult to find the necessary degree of proximity or neighbourhood between the negligent manufacturer and the person injured. But words can be broadcast with or without the consent or the foresight of the speaker or writer. It would be one thing to say that the speaker owes a duty to a limited class, but it would be going very far to say that he owes a duty to every ultimate “consumer” who acts on those words to his detriment. It would be no use to say that a speaker or writer owes a duty, but can disclaim responsibility if he wants to. He, like the manufacturer, could make it part of a contract that he is not to be liable for his negligence: but that contract would not protect him in a question with a third party at least if the third party was unaware of it.

n(2) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.


So it seems to me that there is good sense behind our present law that in general an innocent but negligent misrepresentation gives no cause of action. There must be something more than the mere misstatement. I therefore turn to the authorities to see what more is required. The most natural requirement would be that expressly or by implication from the circumstances the speaker or writer has undertaken some responsibility, and that appears to me not to conflict with any authority which is binding on this House.
Where there is a contract there is no difficulty as regards the contracting parties: the question is whether there is a warranty. The refusal of English law to recognise any jus quaesitum tertio causes some difficulties, but they are not relevant here. Then there are cases where a person does not merely make a statement, but performs a gratuitous service. I do not intend to examine the cases about that, but at least they show that in some cases that person owes a duty of care apart from any contract, and to that extent they pave the way to holding that there can be a duty of care in making a statement of fact or opinion which is independent of contract.


Much of the difficulty in this field has been caused by Derry v. Peek n(3). The action was brought against the directors of a company in respect of false statements in a prospectus. It was an action of deceit based on fraud and nothing else.But it was held that the directors had believed that their statements were true although they had no reasonable grounds for their belief. The Court of Appeal held that this amounted to fraud in law, but naturally enough this House held that there can be no fraud without dishonesty and that credulity is not dishonesty. The question was never really considered whether the facts had imposed on the directors a duty to exercise care. It must be implied that on the facts of that case there was no such duty.
But that was immediately remedied by the Directors Liability Act, 1890, which provided that a director is liable for untrue statements in a prospectus unless he proves that he had reasonable ground to believe and did believe that they were true.

n(3) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.


It must now be taken that Derry v. Peek n(3) did not establish any universal rule that in the absence of contract an innocent but negligent misrepresentation cannot give rise to an action. It is true that LORD BRAMWELL said n(4): “To found an action for damages there must be a contract and breach, or fraud”; and for the next twenty years it was generally assumed that Derry v. Peek n(3) decided that. But it was shown in this House in Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(5) that that is much too widely stated. We cannot therefore now accept as accurate the numerous statements to that effect in cases between 1889 and 1914, and we must now determine the extent of the exceptions to that rule.


n(3) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.
n(4) (1889), 14 App. Cas. at p. 347.
n(5) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.


In Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(5) a solicitor was sued for fraud. Fraud was not proved, but he was held liable for negligence. VISCOUNT HALDANE, L.C., dealt with Derry v. Peek n(3) and pointed out n(6) that while the relationship of the parties in that case was not enough, the case did not decide “that where a different sort of relationship ought to be inferred from the circumstances, the case is to be concluded by asking whether an action for deceit will lie… There are other obligations besides that of honesty the breach of which may give a right to damages. These obligations depend on principles which the judges have worked out in the fashion that is characteristic of a system where much of the law has always been judge-made and unwritten.”


n(3) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.
n(5) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.
n(6) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 49; [1914] A.C. at p. 947.


It hardly needed Donoghue v. Stevenson n(7) to show that that process can still operate. LORD HALDANE n(8) quoted a passage from the speech of LORD HERSCHELL in Derry v. Peek n(9) where he excluded from the principle of that case “those cases where a person within whose special province it lay to know a particular fact has given an erroneous answer to an inquiry made with regard to it by a person desirous of ascertaining the fact for the purpose of determining his course.”

n(7) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.
n(8) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 50; [1914] A.C. at p. 950.
n(9) (1889), 14 App. Cas. at p. 360.


Then n(10) he explained the expression “constructive fraud” and said n(10):

n(10) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 53; [1914] A.C. at p. 954.

“What it really means in this connexion is not moral fraud in the ordinary sense, but breach of the sort of obligation which is enforced by a court which from the beginning regarded itself as a court of conscience.”
He went on n(11) to refer to “breach of special duty” and said n(11):

n(11) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 53; [1914] A.C. at p. 955.

“If such a duty can be inferred in a particular case of a person issuing a prospectus, as, for instance, in the case of directors issuing to the shareholders of the company which they direct a prospectus inviting the subscription by them of further capital, I do not find in Derry v. Peek n(12) an authority for the suggestion that an action for damages for misrepresentation without an actual intention to deceive may not lie.”


n(12) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.


I find no dissent from these views by the other noble and learned Lords. LORD SHAW OF DUNFERMLINE also quoted the passage which I have quoted from the speech of LORD HERSCHELL, and, dealing with equitable relief, he approved n(13) a passage in an argument of Sir Roundell Palmer n(14) which concluded n(13):


n(13) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 62; [1914] A.C. at p. 971.
n(14) In Peek v. Gurney (1873), L.R. 13 Eq. 79, at p. 97.


“in order that a person may avail himself of relief founded on it he must show that there was such approximate relation between himself and the person making the representation as to bring them virtually into the position of parties contracting with each other”; an interesting anticipation in 1873 of the test of who is my neighbour.

LORD HALDANE gave a further statement of his view in Robinson v. National Bank of Scotland n(15) a case to which I shall return. Having said that in that case there was no duty excepting the duty of common honesty, he went on to say n(16):


n(15) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) 154.
n(16) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) at p. 157.


“In saying that I wish emphatically to repeat what I said in advising this House in the case of Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(17), that it is a great mistake to suppose that, because the principle in Derry v. Peek n(12) clearly covers all cases of the class to which I have referred, therefore the freedom of action of the
courts in recognising special duties arising out of other kinds of relationship which they find established by the evidence is in any way affected. I think, as I said in Nocton’s case n(17), that an exaggerated view was taken by a good many people of the scope of the decision in Derry v. Peek n(12). The whole of the doctrine as to fiduciary relationships, as to the duty of care arising from implied as well as express contracts, as to the duty of care arising from other special relationships which the courts may find to exist in particular cases, still remains, and I should be very sorry if any word fell from me which should suggest that the courts are in any way hampered in recognising that the duty of care may be established when such cases really occur.”


n(12) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.
n(17) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.


This passage makes it clear that LORD HALDANE did not think that a duty to take care must be limited to cases of fiduciary relationship in the narrow sense of relationships which had been recognised by the Court of Chancery as being of a fiduciary character. He speaks of other special relationships, and I can see no logical stopping place short of all those relationships where it is plain that the party seeking information or advice was trusting the other to exercise such a degree of care as the circumstances required, where it was reasonable for him to do that, and where the other gave the information or advice when he knew or ought to have known that the inquirer was relying on him. I say “ought to have known” because in questions of negligence we now apply the objective standard of what the reasonable man would have done.

A reasonable man, knowing that he was being trusted or that his skill and judgment were being relied on, would, I think, have three courses open to him. He could keep silent or decline to give the information or advice sought: or he could give an answer with a clear qualification that he accepted no responsibility for it or that it was given without that reflection or inquiry which a careful answer would require: or he could simply answer without any such qualification. If he chooses to adopt the last course he must, I think, be held to have accepted some responsibility for his answer being given carefully, or to have accepted a relationship with the inquirer which requires him to exercise such care as the circumstances require.


If that is right then it must follow that Candler v. Crane, Christmas & Co. n(18) was wrongly decided. There the plaintiff wanted to see the accounts of a company before deciding to invest in it. The defendants were the company’s accountants and they were told by the company to complete the company’s accounts as soon as possible because they were to be shown to the plaintiff who was a potential investor in the company. At the company’s request the defendants showed the completed accounts to the plaintiff, discussed them with him, and allowed him to take a copy. The accounts had been carelessly prepared and gave a wholly misleading picture. It was obvious to the defendants that the plaintiff was relying on their skill and judgment and on their having exercised that care which by contract they owed to the company, and I think that any reasonable man in the plaintiff’s shoes would have relied on that. This seems to me to be a typical case of agreeing to assume a responsibility: they knew why the plaintiff wanted to see the accounts and why their employers, the company, wanted them to be shown to him, and agreed to show them to him without even a suggestion that he should not rely on them.

n(18) [1951] 1 All E.R. 426; [1951] 2 K.B. 164.

The majority of the Court of Appeal held that they were bound by Le Lievre v. Gould n(19) and that Donoghue v. Stevenson n(20) had no application. In so holding I think that they were right. The Court of Appeal have bound themselves to follow all rationes decidendi of previous Court of Appeal decisions, and, in face of that rule, it would have been very difficult to say that the ratio in Le Lievre v. Gould n(19) did not cover Candler’s case n(18). LORD DENNING, who dissented, distinguished Le Lievre v. Gould n(19) on its facts, but, as I understand the rule which the Court of Appeal have adopted, that is not sufficient if the ratio applies; and this is not an appropriate occasion to consider whether the Court of Appeal’s rule is a good one. So the question which we now have to consider is whether the ratio in Le Lievre v. Gould n(19) can be supported. But before leaving Candler’s case n(18) I must note that COHEN, L.J. (as he then was), attached considerable importance to a New York decison Ultramares Corporation v. Touche n(21), a decision of CARDOZO, C.J. But I think that another decision of that great judge, Glanzer v. Shepard n(22), is more in point because in the latter case there was a direct relationship between the weigher who gave a certificate and the purchaser of the goods weighed, who the weigher knew was relying on his certificate: there the weigher was held to owe a duty to the purchaser with whom he had no contract. The Ultramares case n(23) can be regarded as nearer to Le Lievre v. Gould n(24).


n(18) [1951] 1 All E.R. 426; [1951] 2 K.B. 164.
n(19) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.
n(20) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.
n(21) (1931), 255 N.Y. 170.
n(22) (1922), 233 N.Y. 236.
n(23) (1931), 255 N.Y. 170.
n(24) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.

In Le Lievre v. Gould n(24) a surveyor, Gould, gave certificates to a builder, who employed him. The mortgage; but the builder, without Gould’s authority, chose to show them Gould’s report. I have said that I do not intend to decide anything about the degree of proximity necessary to establish a relationship giving rise to a duty of care, but it would seem difficult to find such proximity in this case and the actual decision in Le Lievre v. Gould n(24) may therefore be correct. The decision, however, was not put on that ground: if it had been Cann v. Willson n(25) would not have been overruled. LORD ESHER, M.R., held that there was no contract between the plaintiffs and the defendant and that this House in Derry v. Peek n(26) had n(27) “restated the old law that, in the absence of contract, an action for negligence cannot be maintained when there is no fraud”. BOWEN, L.J., gave a similar reason: he said n(28):


n(24) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.
n(25) (1888), 39 Ch.D. 39.
n(26) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.
n(27) [1893] 1 Q.B. at p. 498.
n(28) [1893] 1 Q.B. at p. 501.


“Then Derry v. Peek n(26) decided this further point — viz. that in cases like the present (of which Derry v. Peek n(26) was itself an instance) there is no duty enforceable in law to be careful.”


n(26) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.


He added that the law of England n(29)
“does not consider that what a man writes on paper is like a gun or other dangerous instrument; and, unless he intended to deceive, the law does not, in the absence of contract, hold him responsible for drawing his certificate carelessly.”


n(29) [1893] 1 Q.B. at p. 502.


So both he and LORD ESHER held that Cann v. Willson n(25) was wrong in deciding that there was a duty to take care. We now know on the authority of Donoghue v. Stevenson n(30) that BOWEN, L.J., was wrong in limiting duty of care to guns or other dangerous instruments, and I think that, for reasons which I have already given, he was also wrong in limiting the duty of care with regard to statements to cases where there is a contract. On both points BOWEN, L.J., was expressing what was then generally believed to be the law, but later statements in this House have gone far to remove those limitations. I would therefore hold that the ratio in Le Lievre v. Gould n(24) was wrong and that Cann v. Willson n(25) ought not to have been overruled.


n(24) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.
n(25) (1888), 39 Ch.D. 39.
n(30) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.


Now I must try to apply these principles to the present case. What the appellants complain of is not negligence in the ordinary sense of carelessness, but rather misjudgment in that Mr. Heller, while honestly seeking to give a fair assessment, in fact made a statement which gave a false and misleading impression of his customer’s credit. It appears that bankers now commonly give references with regard to their customers as part of their business. I do not know how far their customers generally permit them to disclose their affairs, but even with permission it cannot always be easy for a banker to reconcile his duty to his customer with his desire to give a fairly balanced reply to an inquiry; and inquirers can hardly expect a full and objective statement of opinion or accurate factual information such as skilled men would be expected to give in reply to other kinds of inquiry. So it seems to me to be unusually difficult to determine just what duty, beyond a duty to be honest, a banker would be held to have undertaken if he gave a reply without an adequate disclaimer of responsibility or other warning. It is in light of such considerations that I approach an examination of the case of Robinson v. National Bank of Scotland n(31).


n(31) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) 154.

It is not easy to extract the facts from the report of the case in the Court of Session n(32). Several of the witnesses were held to be unreliable and the principal issue in the case, fraud, is not relevant for present purposes. But the position appears to have been this. Harley and two brothers Inglis wished to raise money.


They approached an insurance company on the false basis that Harley was to be the borrower and the Inglis brothers were to be guarantors. To satisfy the company as to the financial standing of the Inglis brothers Harley got his London bank to write to McArthur, a branch agent of the National Bank of Scotland, and McArthur on July 28, 1910, sent a reply which was ultimately held to be culpably careless but not fraudulent. Robinson, the pursuer in the action, said that he had been approached by Harley to become a guarantor before the inquiry was made by Harley but he was disbelieved by the Lord Ordinary who held that he was not brought into the matter before September. This was accepted by the majority in the Inner House and there is no indication that any of their lordships in this House questioned the finding that the letter of July 28, 1910, was not obtained on behalf of Robinson. Harley and the brothers Inglis did not proceed with their scheme in July, but they resumed negotiations in September. The company wanted an additional guarantor and Harley approached Robinson. A further reference was asked and obtained from McArthur on Oct. 1 about the brothers Inglis, but no point was made of this. The whole case turned on McArthur’s letter of July 28, 1910. After further negotiation the company made a loan to Harley with the brothers Inglis and Robinson as guarantors. Harley and the brothers Inglis all became bankrupt and Robinson had to pay the company under his guarantee. Robinson sued the National Bank of Scotland and McArthur. He alleged that McArthur’s letter was fraudulent and that he had been induced by it to guarantee
the loan. He also alleged that McArthur had a duty to disclose certain facts about the brothers Inglis which were known to him, but this alternative case played a very minor part in the litigation. Long opinions were given in the Court of Session on the question of fraud, but the alternative case of a duty to disclose was dealt with summarily. The Lord Justice Clerk (LORD SCOTT DICKSON) said n(33):

n(32) 1916 S.C. 46.
n(33) 1916 S.C. at p. 63.


“It appears to me that there was no such duty of disclosure imposed upon Mr. McArthur towards the pursuer as would justify us in applying the principle on which Nocton’s case n(34) was decided,…”


n(34) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.


LORD DUNDAS referred n(35) to cases of liability of a solicitor to his client for erroneous advice and of similar liability arising from a fiduciary relationship and said “such decisions seem to me to have no bearing on or application to the facts of the present case.” He also drew attention to the last sentence of the letter of July 28, 1910, which he said would become important if fraud were out of the case. That sentence is: “The above information is to be considered strictly confidential and is given on the express understanding that we incur no responsibility whatever in furnishing it.” LORD SALVESEN, who dissented, did not deal with the point and LORD GUTHRIE merely said n(36) that here there was no fiduciary relationship. In this House an unusual course was taken during the argument. I quote from the Session Cases report n(37):


n(35) 1916 S.C. at p. 67.
n(36) 1916 S.C. at p. 85.
n(37) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) at pp. 154, 155.


“… after counsel for the respondents had been heard for a short time EARL LOREBURN informed him that their lordships, as at present advised, thought that there was no special duty on McArthur to wards the pursuer; that the respondents were not liable unless McArthur’s representations were dishonest; and that their lordships had not been satisfied as yet that the representations were dishonest… that under the circumstances the House was prepared to dismiss the appeal; but that they considered that the pursuer had been badly treated, though he had not any cause of action at law, and that, therefore, their lordships were disposed to direct that there should be no costs of the action on either side. EARL LOREBURN said that counsel might prefer to argue the case further and endeavour to alter these views, but of course he would run the risk of altering their lordships’ views as to the legal responsibility as well as upon the subject of costs.”


Counsel then — wisely no doubt — said no more, and judgment was given for the bank but with no costs here or below. That case is very nearly indistinguishable from the present case. LORD LOREBURN regarded the fact that McArthur knew that his letter might be used to influence others besides the immediate inquirer as entitling Robinson to found on it if fraud had been proved. But it is not clear to me that he intended to decide that there would have been sufficient proximity between Robinson and McArthur to enable him to maintain that there was a special relationship involving a duty of care if the other facts had been sufficient to create such a relationship. I would not regard this as a binding decision on that question. With regard to the bank’s duty LORD HALDANE said n(38):


n(38) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) at p. 157.


“There is only one other point about which I wish to say anything, and that is the question which was
argued by the appellant, as to there being a special duty of care under the circumstances here. I think the case of Derry v. Peek n(39) in this House has finally settled in Scotland, as well as in England and Ireland, the conclusion that in a case like this no duty to be careful is established. There is the general duty of common honesty, and that duty of course applies in the circumstances of this case as it applies to all other circumstances. But when a mere inquiry is made by one banker of another, who stands in no special relation to him, then, in the absence of special circumstances from which a contract to be careful can be inferred, I think there is no duty excepting the duty of common honesty to which I have referred.”


n(39) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.


I think that by “a contract to be careful” LORD HALDANE must have meant an agreement or undertaking to be careful. This was a Scots case and by Scots law there can be a contract without consideration: LORD HALDANE cannot have meant that similar cases in Scotland and England would be decided differently on the matter of special relationship for that reason. I am, I think, entitled to note that this was an extempore judgment. So LORD HALDANE was contrasting a “mere inquiry” with a case where there are special circumstances from which an undertaking to be careful can be inferred. In Robinson’s case n(40) any such undertaking was excluded by the sentence in McArthur’s letter which I have quoted n(41) and in which he said that the information was given “on the express understanding that we incur no responsibility whatever in furnishing it”.


n(40) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) 154.
n(41) Page 585, letter H, ante.


It appears to me that the only possible distinction in the present case is that here there was no adequate disclaimer of responsibility. Here, however, the appellants’ bank, who were their agents in making the enquiry, began by saying that “they wanted to know in confidence and without responsibility on our part”, i.e. on the part of the respondents. So I cannot see how the appellants can now be entitled to disregard that and maintain that the respondents did incur a responsibility to them.


The appellants founded on a number of cases in contract where very clear words were required to exclude the duty of care which would otherwise have flowed from the contract. To that argument there are, I think, two answers. In the case of a contract it is necessary to exclude liability for negligence, but in this case the question is whether an undertaking to assume a duty to take care can be inferred; and that is a very different matter. Secondly, even in cases of contract general words may be sufficient if there was no other kind of liability to be excluded except liability for negligence: the general rule is that a party is not exempted from liability for negligence “unless adequate words are used” — per SCRUTTON, L.J., in Rutter v. Palmer n(42). It being admitted that there was here a duty to give an honest reply, I do not see what further liability there could be to exclude except liability for negligence: there being no contract there was no question of warranty.


n(42) [1922] 2 K.B. 87 at p. 92; cf. [1922] All E.R. Rep. 367 at p. 370.

I am therefore of opinion that it is clear that the respondents never undertook any duty to exercise care in giving their replies. The appellants cannot succeed unless there was such a duty and therefore in my judgment this appeal must be dismissed.

JUDGMENT 2: LORD MORRIS OF BORTH-Y-GEST

LORD MORRIS OF BORTH-Y-GEST (read by LORD HODSON): My Lords, the important question of law which has concerned your lordships in this appeal is whether in the circumstances of the case there was a duty of care owed by the respondents, whom I will call “the bank”, to the appellants, whom I will call “Hedleys”. In order to recover the damages which they claim Hedleys must establish that the bank owed them a duty, that the bank failed to discharge such duty, and that as a consequence Hedleys suffered loss.

 An allegation of fraud was originally made but was abandoned. The learned judge held that the bank had been negligent, but that they owed no duty to Hedleys to exercise care. The Court of Appeal agreed with the learned judge that no such duty was owed, and it was therefore not necessary for them to consider whether the finding of negligence ought or ought not be upheld. In your lordships’ House the legal issues were debated and again it did not become necessary to consider whether the finding of negligence ought or ought not be upheld. It is but fair to the bank to state that they firmly contend that they were not in any way negligent and that they were prepared to make submissions by way of challenge of the conclusions of the learned judge.

 Hedleys were doing business with a company called Easipower, Ltd. In August, 1958, Hedleys wanted a banker’s report concerning that company who then had an account with the bank. [In November, 1957, Hedleys had received a report about the company which had been given by another bank though not by direct communication.] Hedleys banked at a Piccadilly branch of National Provincial Bank, Ltd. Hedleys asked that a report concerning Easipower, Ltd. should be obtained. The Piccadilly branch communicated with the City office of their bank, the National Provincial. The National Provincial City office telephoned the bank on Aug. 18, 1958, and it is common ground that the representative of the National Provincial said that “they wanted to know in confidence” and without responsibility” on the part of the bank as to the respectability and standing of Easipower, Ltd. and whether Easipower, Ltd. “would be good for an advertising contract for £ 8/9,000”. To that oral inquiry the bank then gave an oral answer. In due course the answer then given was communicated by the Piccadilly branch of the National Provincial to Hedleys.

It was communicated orally and a letter of confirmation from that branch (dated Aug. 21, 1958) was sent to Hedleys. The letter had the headings “Confidential” and “For your private use and without responsibility on the part of this bank or the manager”. The oral answer which the bank had given to the City office of the National Provincial was passed on with the prefatory words — “In reply to your telephoned inquiry of Aug. 18, bankers say: — “. There was a later inquiry.

On Nov. 4, 1958, in a letter to the Piccadilly branch of the National Provincial, Hedleys wrote: “I have been requested by the Directors to abain ask you to check the financial structure and status of Easipower Limited”: Hedleys made some particular references and concluded their letter with the words: “I would be appreciative if you could make your check as exhaustive as you reasonably can.” In a letter dated Nov. 7 and headed “Private and Confidential” the City office of the National Provincial asked the bank for their “opinion in confidence as to the respectability and standing of Easipower, Ltd.” and asked the bank to state whether they considered Easipower, Ltd. “trustworthy, in the way of business, to the extent of £ 100,000 per annum, advertising contract”. The bank replied in a letter dated Nov. 11, and sent to the City office of the National Provincial. The letter had the headings “Confidential” and “For your private use and without responsibility on the part of this Bank or its officials”. On Nov. 14 the Piccadilly branch of the National Provincial wrote to Hedleys (heading their letter “Confidential. For your private use and without responsibility on the part of this Bank or the Manager”) and, with the prefatory words: “In reply to your inquiry letter of Nov. 4, Bankers say”, passed on what the bank had stated in their letter to the City office of the National Provincial. It is, I think, a reasonable and proper inference that the bank must have known that the National Provincial were making their inquiry because some customer of theirs was or might be entering into some advertising contract in respect of which Easipower, Ltd., might become under a liability to such customer to the extent of the figures mentioned. The inquiries were from one bank to another. The name of the customer (Hedleys) was not mentioned by the inquiring bank (National Provincial) to the answering bank (the bank): nor did the inquiring bank (National Provincial) give to the customer (Hedleys) the name of the answering bank (the bank). These circumstances do not seem to me to be material.

The bank must have known that the inquiry was being made by someone who was contemplating doing business with Easipower Ltd. and that their answer or the substance of it would in fact be passed on to such person. The conditions subject to which the bank gave their answers are important, but the fact that the person to whom the answers would in all probability be passed on was unnamed and unknown to the bank is not important for the purposes of a consideration of the legal issue which now arises. It is inherently unlikely that the bank would have entertained a direct application from Hedleys asking for a report or would have answered an inquiry made by Hedleys themselves: even if they had they would certainly have stipulated that their answer was without responsibility. The present appeal does not raise any question as to the circumstances under which a banker is entitled (apart from direct authorisation) to answer an inquiry. I leave that question as it was left by ATKIN, L.J., in Tournier v. National Provincial & Union Bank of England when he said n(43):

n(43) [1923] All E.R. Rep. 550 at p. 561; [1924] 1 K.B. 461 at p. 486.

“I do not desire to express any final opinion on the practice of bankers to give one another information as to the affairs of their respective customers except to say that it appears to me that, if it is justified, it must be upon the basis of an implied consent of the customer.” The legal issue which arises is therefore whether the bank would have been under a liability to Hedleys if they had failed to exercise care. This involves the questions whether the circumstances were such that the bank owed a duty of care to Hedleys, or would have owed such a duty but for the words “without responsibility”, or whether they owed such a duty but were given a defence by the words “without responsibility”, which would protect them if they had failed to exercise due care. My lords, it seems to me that if A assumes a responsibility to B to tender him deliberate advice there could be a liability if the advice is negligently given. I say “could be” because the ordinary courtesies and exchanges of life would become impossible if it were sought to attach legal obligation to every kindly and friendly act. But the principle of the matter would not appear to be in doubt. If A employs B (who might, for example, be a professional man such as an accountant or a solicitor or a doctor) for reward to give advice, and if the advice is negligently given, there could be a liability in B to pay damages. The fact that the advice is given in words would not, in my view, prevent liability from arising. Quite apart, however, from employment or contract there may be circumstances in which a duty to exercise care will arise if a service is voluntarily undertaken. A medical man may unexpectedly come across an unconscious man, who is a complete stranger to him, and who is in urgent need of skilled attention: if the medical man, following the fine traditions of his profession, proceeds to treat the unconscious man he must exercise reasonable skill and care in doing so. In his speech in Banbury v. Bank of Montreal n(44) LORD ATKINSON said n(45):

n(44) [1918-19] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1918] A.C. 626.

n(45) [1918-19] All E.R. Rep. at p. 18; [1918] A.C. at p. 689.

“It is well established that if a doctor proceeded to treat a patient gratuitously even in a case where the patient was insensible at the time and incapable of employing him to do so, the doctor would be bound to exercise all the professional skill and knowledge he possessed or professed to possess, and would be guilty of gross negligence if he omitted to do so.” To a similar effect were the words of Lord Loughborough in the much earlier case of Shiells v. Blackburne when he said n(46):

n(46) (1789), 1 Hy. Bl. 158 at p. 162.

“If a man gratuitously undertakes to do a thing to the best of his skill, where his situation or profession is such as to imply skill, an omission of that skill is imputable to him as gross negligence.” Compare also Wilkinson v. Coverdale n(47). I can see no difference of principle in the case of a banker. If someone who was not a customer of a bank made a formal approach to the bank with a definite request that the bank would give him deliberate advice as to certain financial matters of a nature with which the bank ordinarily dealt the bank would be under no obligation to accede to the request: if however they undertook, though gratuitously, to give deliberate advice (I exclude what I might call casual and perfunctory conversations) they would be under a duty to exercise reasonable care in giving it. They would be liable if they were negligent although, there being no consideration, no enforceable contractual relationship was created.

n(47) (1793), 1 Esp. 74.

In the absence of any direct dealings between one person and another, there are many and varied situations in which a duty is owed by one person to another. A road user owes a duty of care towards other road users. They are his “neighbours”. A duty was owed by the dock owner in Heaven v. Pender n(48). Under a contract with a shipowner he had put up a staging outside a ship in his dock. The plaintiff used the staging because he was employed by a ship painter who had contracted with the shipowner to paint the outside of the ship. The presence of the plaintiff was for business in which the dock owner was interested, and the plaintiff was to be considered as having been invited by the dock owner to use the staging. The dock owner was therefore under an obligation to take reasonable care that at the time when the staging was provided by him for immediate use it was in a fit state to be used. For an injury which the plaintiff suffered, because the staging had been carelessly put up, he was entitled to succeed in a claim against the defendant. The chemist in George v. Skivington n(49) sold the bottle of hair wash to the husband knowing that it was to be used by the wife. It was held on demurrer that the chemist owed a duty towards the wife to use ordinary care in compounding the hair wash. In Donoghue (or McAlister) v. Stevenson n(50) it was held that the manufacturer of an article of food, medicine, or the like, was under a duty to the ultimate consumer to take reasonable care that the article was free from defect likely to cause injury to health.

n(48) (1883), 11 Q.B.D. 503.

n(49) (1869), L.R. 5 Exch.1.

 n(50) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.

My lords, these are but familiar and well-known illustrations, which could be multiplied, which show that irrespective of any contractual or fiduciary relationship and irrespective of any direct dealing, a duty may be owed by one person to another. It is said, however, that where careless (but not fraudulent) misstatements are in question there can be no liability in the maker of them unless there is either some contractual or fiduciary relationship with a person adversely affected by the making of them or unless through the making of them something is created or circulated or some situation is created which is dangerous to life, limb or property. In logic I can see no essential reason for distinguishing injury which is caused by a reliance on words from injury which is caused by a reliance on the safety of the staging to a ship, or by a reliance on the safety for use of the contents of a bottle of hair wash or a bottle of some consumable liquid. It seems to me, therefore, that if A claims that he has suffered injury or loss as a result of acting upon some misstatement made by B who is not in any contractual or fiduciary relationship with him the inquiry that is first raised is whether B owed any duty to A: if he did the further inquiry is raised as to the nature of the duty.

There may be circumstances under which the only duty owed by B to A is the duty of being honest: there may be circumstances under which B owes to A the duty not only of being honest but also a duty of taking reasonable care. The issue in the present case is whether the bank owed any duty to Hedleys and if so what the duty was. Leaving aside cases where there is some contractual or fiduciary relationship there may be many situations in which one person voluntarily or gratuitously undertakes to do something for another person and becomes under a duty to exercise reasonable care. I have given illustrations. Apart from cases where there is some direct dealing, there may be cases where one person issues a document which should be the result of an exercise of the skill and judgment required by him in his calling and where he knows and intends that its accuracy will be relied on by another. In this connexion it will be helpful to consider the case of Cann v. Willson n(51).

The owner of some property wished to obtain an advance of money on mortgage of the property and applied to a firm of solicitors for the purpose of finding a mortgagee. Being informed by the solicitors that for the purpose of finding a mortgagee he should have a valuation made of the property he consulted the defendants and asked them to make a valuation. They surveyed and inspected the property and then made a valuation which they sent to the solicitors. The solicitors then particularly called the defendants’ attention to the purpose for which the valuation was wanted and to the responsibility they were undertaking. The defendants stated that their valuation was a moderate one and certainly was not made in favour of the borrower. The valuation and representations so made by the defendants to the solicitors were communicated to the plaintiff (and a co-trustee of his) by the solicitors. The plaintiff (and his co-trustee, who died before the commencement of the action) then advanced money to the owner on the security of a mortgage of his property. CHITTY, J., held on the evidence (a) that the defendants were aware of the purpose for which the valuation was made and (b) that the valuation was sent by the defendants direct to the agents of the plaintiff for the purpose of inducing the plaintiff and his cotrustee to lay out the trust money on mortgage. The owner made default in payment and the property proved insufficient to answer the mortgage. The plaintiff alleged that the value of the property was not anything like the value given by the defendants in their valuation. CHITTY, J., held that the valuation as made was in fact no valuation at all. In those circumstances the claim made was on the basis that the plaintiff has sustained loss through the negligence, want of skill, breach of duty and misrepresentation of the defendants. CHITTY, J., held the defendants liable. His decision was principally based upon his finding that the defendants owed a duty of care to the plaintiff. It had been argued that there was also liability in the defendants in contract (referred to in the judgment as the first ground) and on the ground of fraud (referred to as the third ground). At the end of his judgment CHITTY, J., said n(52):

n(51) (1888), 39 Ch.D. 39.

n(52) (1888), 39 Ch.D. at p. 44.

“I have entirely passed by the question of contract. It is unnecessary to decide that point. I consider on these two last grounds — and if I were to prefer one to the other it would be the second ground — that the defendant is liable for the negligence.” In the course of his judgment he said n(53): n(53) (1888), 39 Ch.D. at p. 43. “It is not necessary, in my poinion, to decide the case with reference to the third point, but even on the third point I think the defendants are liable — and that is what may be termed fraudulent misrepresentation.” CHITTY, J., then (i.e. on June 7, 1888) referred to the judgment in the Court of Appeal in Peek v. Derry n(54). That judgment was reversed in the House of Lords n(55) on July 1, 1889. CHITTY, J., compared the situation with that which arose in Heaven v. Pender n(56). He pointed out that in that case there was n(57) “no contractual relation between the plaintiff and the dock owner, and there was no personal direct invitation to the plaintiff to come and do the work on that ship, yet it was held that the dock owner had undertaken an obligation towards the plaintiff, who was one of the persons likely to come and do the work to the vessel, and that he was liable to him and was under an obligation to him to use due diligence in the construction of the staging.”

n(54) (1886), 37 Ch.D. 541.

 n(55) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(56) (1883), 11 Q.B.D. 503.

n(57) (1888), 39 Ch.D. at p. 42.

CHITTY, J., went on, therefore, to hold as the defendants had “knowingly placed themselves” in the position of sending their valuation “direct to the agents of the plaintiff for the purpose of inducing the plaintiff” then they “in point of law incurred a duty towards him to use reasonable care in the preparation of the document.” He likened the case to George v. Skivington n(58) and continued n(53):

n(53) (1888), 39 Ch.D. at p. 43.

n(58) (1869), L.R. 5 Exch. 1.

“In this case the document supplied appears to me to stand upon a similar footing and not to be distinguished from that case, as if it had been an actual article that had been handed over for the particular purpose of being so usued. I think, therefore, that the defendants stood with regard to the plaintiff — quite apart from any question of there being a contract or not in the peculiar circumstances of this case — in the position of being under an obligation or duty towards him.” My lords, I can see no fault or flaw in this reasoning and I am prepared to uphold it. If it is correct, then it is submitted that in the present case the bank knew that some existing (though to them by name unknown) person was going to place reliance on what they said and that accordingly they owed a duty of care to such person. I will examine this submission. Before doing so I must, however, further consider Cann v. Willson n(59). It was overruled by the Court of Appeal in Le Lievre v. Gould n(60). The latter case, binding on the Court of Appeal, in turn led to the decision in Candler v. Crane, Christmas & Co. n(61). It is necessary therefore to consider the reasons which governed the Court of Appeal in Le Lievre v. Gould n(60) in overruling Cann v. Willson n(59). I do not propose to examine the facts in Le Lievre v. Gould n(60): nor need I consider whether the result would have been no different had Cann v. Willson n(59) not been overruled. LORD ESHER, M.R., said n(62):

n(59) (1888), 39 Ch.D. 39.

n(60) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.

n(61) [1951] 1 All E.R. 426; [1951] 2 K.B. 164.

n(62) [1893] 1 Q.B. at p. 497.

“But I do not hesitate to say that Cann v. Willson n(59) is not now law. CHITTY, J., in deciding that case acted upon an erroneous proposition of law which has been since overruled by the House of Lords in Derry v. Peek n(55) when they restated the old law that, in the absence of contract, an action for negligence cannot be maintained when there is no fraud.”

n(55) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(59) (1888), 39 Ch.D. 39.

BOWEN, L.J., said n(63) that he considered that Derry v. Peek n(64) had overruled Cann v. Willson n(65). He considered that Heaven v. Pender n(66) gave no support for that decision, because it was no more than an instance of the class of case where one who, having the conduct and control of premises which may injure those whom he knows will have a right to and will use them, owes a duty to protect them. He said n(67): n(63) [1893] 1 Q.B. at p. 499.

n(64) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(65) (1888), 39 Ch.D. 39.

n(66) (1883), 11 Q.B.D. 503.

 n(67) [1893] 1 Q.B. at p. 501.

“Then Derry v. Peek n(64) decided this further point — viz., that in cases like the present (of which Derry v. Peek n(64) was itself an instance) there is no duty enforceable in law to be careful.” n(64) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337. He followed the view expressed by ROMER, J., in Scholes v. Brook n(68) that the decision of the House of Lords in Derry v. Peek n(64) by implication negatived the existence of any such general rule as laid down in Cann v. Willson n(65). The reasoning of A. L. SMITH, L.J., in overruling Cann v. Willson n(65) was on similar lines.

n(64) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(65) (1888), 39 Ch.D. 39.

n(68) (1891), 63 L.T. 837.

The inquiry is thus raised whether it was correct to say that Derry v. Peek n(64) had either directly or at least by implication overruled that part of the reasoning in Cann v. Willson n(65) which led CHITTY, J., to say that quite apart from contract and quite apart from fraud there was a duty of care owed by the defendants to the plaintiffs. My lords, whatever views may have been held at one time as to the effect of Derry v. Peek n(64), authoritative guidance as to this matter was given in your lordships’ House in 1914 in the case of Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(69). In his speech in that case VISCOUNT HALDANE, L.C., said n(70):

n(64) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(65) (1888), 39 Ch.D. 39.

n(69) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1814] A.C. 932.

n(70) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 49; [1914] A.C. at p. 947.

“The discussion of the case by the noble and learned lords who took part in the decision appears to me to exclude the hypothesis that they considered any other question to be before them than what was the necessary foundation of an ordinary action for deceit. They must indeed be taken to have thought that the facts proved as to the relationship of the parties in Derry v. Peek n(64) were not enough to establish any special duty arising out of that relationship other than the general duty of honesty. But they do not say that where a different sort of relationship ought to be inferred from the circumstances the case is to be concluded by asking whether an action for deceit will lie. I think that the authorities subsequent to the decision of the House of Lords shew a tendency to assume that it was intended to mean more than it did. In reality the judgment covered only a part of the field in which liabilities may arise. There are other obligations depend on principles which the judges have worked out in the fashion that is characteristic of a system where much of the law has always been judgmade and unwritten.” n(64) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337. After a review of many authorities LORD HALDANE said n(71):

n(71) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 53; [1914] A.C. at p. 955.

“But side by side with the enforcement of the duty of universal obligation to be honest and the principle which gave the right to rescission, the courts, and especially the Court of Chancery, had to deal with the other cases to which I have referred, cases raising claims of an essentially different character, which have often been mistaken for actions of deceit. Such claims raise the question whether the circumstances and relations of the parties are such as to give rise to duties of particular obligation which have not been fulfilled.” LORD HALDANE, pointed out that from the circumstances and relations of the parties a special duty may arise: there may be an implied contract at law or a fiduciary obligation in equity. What Derry v. Peek n(64) decided was that the directors were under no fiduciary duty to the public to whom they had addressed the invitation to subscribe. (I need not here refer to statutory enactments since Derry v. Peek n(72)). In his speech in the same case n(73) LORD DUNEDIN pointed out that there can be no negligence unless there is a duty, but that a duty may arise in many ways. There may be duties owing to the world at large: alterum non laedere. There may be duties arising from contract. There may be duties which arise from a relationship without the internention of contract in the ordinary sense of the term, such as the duties of a trustee to his cestui que trust or of a guardian to his ward.

n(64) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(72) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(73) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 501; [1914] A.C. at p. 959.

LORD SHAW in his speech pointed out n(74) that Derry v. Peek n(72) “was an action wholly and solely of deceit, founded wholly and solely on fraud, was treated by this House on that footing alone and that this being so what was decided was that fraud must ex necessitate contain the element of actual moral delinquency. Certain expressions by learned lords may seem to have made incursions into the region of negligence, but Derry v. Peek n(72) as a decision was directed to the single and specific point just set out.”

 n(72) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(74) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 61; [1914] A.C. at p. 970.

 LORD SHAW formulated the following principle n(75):

n(75) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 62; [1914] A.C. at p. 972.

“Once the relations of parties have been ascertained to be those in which a duty is laid upon one person of giving information or advice to another upon which that other is entitled to rely as the basis of a transaction, responsibility for error amounting to misrepresentation in any statement made will attach to the adviser or informer although the information and advice have been given, not fraudulently, but in good faith.” LORD PARMOOR in his speech said n(76) in reference to Derry v. Peek n(72):

n(72) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(76) [1914] A.C. at p. 978.

“That case decides that in an action founded on deceit and in which deceit is a necessary factor, actual dishonesty, involving mens rea, must be proved. The case, in my poinion, has no bearing whatever on actions founded on a breach of duty in which dishonesty is not a necessary factor.” My lords, guided by the assistance given in Nocton v. Ashburton n(77) I consider that it ought not to have been held in Le Lievre v. Gould n(78) that Cann v. Willson n(79) was wrongly decided. Independently of contract there may be circumstances where information is given or where advice is given which establish a relationship which creates a duty not only to be honest but also to be careful.

n(77) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.

n(78) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.

 n(79) (1888), 39 Ch.D. 39.

In his speech in Heilbut, Symons & Co. v. Buckleton LORD MOULTON n(80) said that it was of the greatest importance to “maintain in its full integrity the principle that a person is not liable in damages for an innocent misrepresentation, no matter in what way or under what form the attack is made.”

n(80) [1911-13] All E.R. Rep. 83 at p. 92; [1913] A.C. 30 at p. 51.

That principle is, however, in no way impeached by recognition of the fact that if a duty exists there is a remedy for the breach of it. As LORD BOWEN said in Low v. Bouverie n(81):

n(81) [1891] 3 Ch. 82 at p. 105.

“the doctrine that negligent misrepresentation affords no cause of action is confined to cases in which there is no duty, such as the law recognises, to be careful.” The inquiry in the present case, and in similar cases, becomes therefore an inquiry as to whether there was a relationship between the parties which created a duty and if so whether such duty included a duty of care. The guidance which LORD HALDANE gave in Nocton v. Ashburton n(82) was repeated by him in his speech in Robinson v. National Bank of Scotland n(83). He clearly pointed out that Derry v. Peek n(84) did not affect (a) the whole doctrine as to fiduciary relationships (b) the duty of care arising from implied as well as express contracts and © the juty of care arising from other special relationships which the courts may find to exist in particular cases.

n(82) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.

n(83) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) 154. n(84) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

 My lords, I consider that it follows and that it should now be regarded as settled that if someone possessed of a special skill undertakes, quite irrespective of contract, to apply that skill for the assistance of another person who relies on such skill, a duty of care will arise. The fact that the service is to be given by means of, or by the instrumentality of, words can make no difference. Furthermore if, in a sphere in which a person is so placed that others could reasonably rely on his judgment or his skill or on his ability to make careful inquiry, a person takes it on himself to give information or advice to, or allows his information or advice to be passed on to, another person who, as he knows or should know, will place reliance on it, then a duty of care will arise. I do not propose to examine the facts of particular situations or the facts of recent decided cases in the light of this analysis, but I proceed to apply it to the facts of the case now under review. As I have stated, I approach the case on the footing that the bank knew that what they said would in fact be passed on to some unnamed person who was a customer of National Provincial Bank, Ltd. The fact that it was said that “they”, i.e. National Provincial Bank, Ltd., “wanted to know” does not prevent this conclusion. In these circumstances I think that some duty towards the unnamed person, whoever it was, was owed by the bank. There was a duty of honesty.

The great question, however, is whether there was a duty of care. The bank need not have answered the inquiry from National Provincial Bank, Ltd. It appears, however, that it is a matter of banking convenience or courtesy and presumably of mutual business advantage that inquiries as between banks will be answered. The fact that it is most unlikely that the bank would have answered a direct inquiry from Hedleys does not affect the question as to what the bank must have known as to the use that would be made of any answer that they gave but it cannot be left out of account in considering what it was that the bank undertook to do. It does not seem to me that they undertook before answering an inquiry to expend time or trouble “in searching records, studying documents, weighing and comparing the favourable and unfavourable features and producing a well-balanced and well-worded report.” (I quote the words of PEARSON, L.J. n(85)). Nor does it seem to me that the inquiring bank (nor therefore their customer) would expect such a procees. This was, I think, what was denoted by LORD HALDANE in his speech in Robinson v. National Bank of Scotland n(83) when he spoke of a “mere inquiry” being made by one banker of another. In Parsons v. Barclay & Co., Ltd. n(86) COZENS-HARDY, M.R., expressed the view that it was no part of a banker’s duty, when asked for a reference, to make inquiries outside as to the solvency or otherwise of the person asked about or to do more than answer the question put to him honestly from what he knew from the books and accounts before him. There was in the present case no contemplation of receiving anything like a formal and detailed report such as might be given by some concern charged with the duty (probably for reward) of making all proper and relevant inquiries concerning the nature, scope and extent of a company’s activities and of obtaining and marshalling all available evidence as to its credit, efficiency, standing and business reputation.

There is much to be said, therefore, for the view that if a banker gives a reference in the form of a brief expression of opinion in regard to credit-worthiness he does not accept, and there is not expected from him, any higher duty than that of giving an honest answer. I need not, however, seek to deal further with this aspect of the matter, which perhaps cannot be covered by any statement of general application, because in my judgment the bank in the present case, by the words which they employed, effectively disclaimed any assumption of a duty of care. They stated that they only responded to the inquiry on the basis that their reply was without responsibility.

If the inquirers chose to receive and act upon the reply they cannot disregard the definite terms upon which it was given. They cannot accept a reply given with a stipulation and then reject the stipulation present case, by the words which they employed, effectively disclaimed any assumption of a duty of care. They stated that they only responded to the inquiry on the basis that their reply was without responsibility. If the inquirers chose to receive and act upon the reply they cannot disregard the definite terms upon which it was given. They cannot accept a reply given with a stipulation and then reject the stipulation. Furthermore, within accepted principles (as illustrated in Rutter v. Palmer n(87)) the words employed were apt to exclude any liability for negligence.

n(83) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) 154.

 n(85) [1961] 3 All E.R. at p. 902, letter E; [1962] 1 Q.B. at p. 414.

n(86) [1908-10] All E.R. Rep. 429.

n(87) [1922] All E.R. Rep. 367; [1922] 2 K.B. 87.

I would therefore dismiss the appeal.

JUDGMENT-3: LORD HODSON:

My Lords, the appellants, who are advertising agents, claim damages for loss which they allege they have suffered through the negligence of the respondents, who are merchant bankers. The negligence attributed to the respondents consists of their failure to act with reasonable skill and care in giving references as to the credit-worthiness of a company called Easipower Ltd., which went into liquidation after the references had been given, so that the appellants were unable to recover the bulk of the costs of advertising orders which Easipower Ltd. had placed with them. The learned judge at the trial found that the respondent bankers had been negligent in the advice which they gave in the form of bankers references, the appellants being a company which acted in reliance on the references and suffered financial loss accordingly, but that he must enter judgment for the respondents since there was no duty imposed by law to exercise care in giving these references, the duty being only to act honestly in so doing.

The respondents have at all times maintained that they were in no sense negligent, and further that no damage flowed from the giving of references, but first they took the point that, whether or no they were careless and whether or no the appellants suffered damage as a result of their carelessness, they must succeed on the footing that no duty was owed by them. This point has been taken throughout as being, if the respondents are right, decisive of the whole matter. I will deal with it first, although the underlying question is whether the respondent bankers, who at all times disclaimed responsibility, ever assumed any duty at all. The appellants depend on the existence of a duty said to be assumed by or imposed on the respondents when they gave a reference as to the credit-worthiness of Easipower Ltd., knowing that it would or might be relied on by the appellants or some other third party in like situation. The case has been argued first on the footing that the duty was imposed by the relationship between the parties recognised by law as being a special relationship derived either from the notion of proximity introduced by LORD ESHER, M.R., in Heaven v. Pender n(88), or from those cases firmly established in our law which show that those who hold themselves out as possessing a special skill are under a duty to exercise it with reasonable care.

n(88) (1883), 11 Q.B.D. 503, 509.

The important case of Donoghue (or McAlister) v. Stevenson n(89) shows that the area of negligence is extensive, for as LORD MACMILLAN said n(90):

n(89) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.

n(90) [1932] All E.R. Rep. at p. 30; [1932] A.C. at p. 619.

“The grounds of action may be as various and mainfold as human errancy, and the conception of legal responsibility may develop in adaptation to altering social conditions and standards. The criterion of judgment must adjust and adapt itself to the changing circumstances of life. The categories of negligence are never closed…. Where there is room for diversity of view is in determining what circumstances will establish such relationship between the parties as to give rise on the one side to a duty to take care and on the other side to a right to have care taken.” In that case the necessary relationship was held to have been established where the manufacturer of an article, ginger beer in a bottle, sold by him to a distributor in circumstances which prevented the distributor or the ultimate purchaser or consumer from discovering by inspection any defect. He is under a legal duty to the ultimate purchaser or consumer to take reasonable care that the article is free from injurious defect. No doubt that was the actual decision in that case and indeed it was thought by WROTTESLEY, J., in Old Gate Estates Ltd. v. Toplis and Harding and Russell n(91) that he was precluded from awarding damages in tort for a negligent valuation made by a firm of valuers, which knew it was to be used by the plaintiffs, since the doctrine of Donoghue v. Stevenson n(92) was confined to negligence which results in danger to life, limb or health. I do not think that this is the true view of Donoghue v. Stevenson n(92), but the decision itself, although its effect has been extended to cases where there was no expectation as contrasted with opportunity of inspection (see Grant v. Australian Knitting Mills, Ltd. n(93)), and to liability of repairers (see Haseldine v. Daw & Son, Ltd. n(94)), has never been applied to cases where damages are claimed in tort for negligent statements producing damage.

The attempt so to apply it failed as recently as 1951 when in Candler v. Crane, Christmas & Co. n(95) the Court of Appeal by a majority held that a false statement made carelessly as contrasted with fraudulently by one person to another, though acted on by that other to his detriment, was not actionable in the absence of any contractual or fiduciary relationship between the parties and that this principle had in no way been modified by the decision in Donoghue v. Stevenson n(92). COHEN, L.J., one of the majority of the court, referred to the language of LORD ESHER, M.R., in Le Lievre v. Gould n(96) who, repeating the substance of what he had said in Heaven v. Pender n(97) said n(98): “If one man is near to another or is near to the property of another, a duty lies upon him not to do that which may cause a personal injury to that other, or may injure his property”.

ASQUITH, L.J., the other member of the majority of the court held that the “neghbour” doctrine had not been applied where the damage complained of was not physical in its incidence to either person or property. The majority thus went no further than WROTTESLEY, J., in the Old Gate Estates case n(91) save that injury to property was said to be contemplated by the doctrine expounded in Donoghue v. Stevenson n(92). It is desirable to consider the reasons given by the majority for their decision in the Candler case n(95) for the appellants rely on the dissenting judgment of DENNING, L.J., in the same case. The majority, as also the learned trial judge, held that they were bound by the decision of the Court of Appeal in Le Lievre v. Gould n(96) in which the leading judgmet was given by LORD ESHER, M.R., and referred to as authoritative by LORD ATKIN in Donoghue v. Stevenson n(92).

n(91) [1939] 3 All E.R. 209.

n(92) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.

n(93) [1935] All E.R. Rep. 209; [1936] A.C. 85.

n(94) [1941] 3 All E.R. 156; [1941] 2 K.B. 343.

n(95) [1951] 1 All E.R. 426; [1951] 2 K.B. 164.

n(96) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.

n(97) (1883), 11 Q.B.D. 503, 509.

n(98) [1893] 1 Q.B. at p. 497; [1951] 1 All E.R. at p. 445; [1951] 2 K.B. at p. 199.

It is true that LORD ESHER, M.R., refused to extend the proximity doctrine so as to cover the relationship between the parties in that case and the majority in Candler’s case n(95) were unable to draw a valid distinction between the facts of that case and the case of Le Lievre v. Gould n(96). DENNING, L.J., however, accepted the argument for the appellant which has been repeated before your lordships, that the facts in Le Lievre v. Gould n(96) were not such as to impose a liability, for the plaintiff mortgagees, who alleged that the owner’s surveyor owed a duty to them, not only had the opportunity but also had stipulated for inspection by their own surveyor. The defendant’s employee, who prepared the accounts in Candler’s case n(95), knew that the plaintiff was a potential investor in the company of which the accounts were negligently prepared and that the accounts were required in order that they might be shown to the plaintiff. In these circumstances I agree with DENNING, L.J., that there is a valid distinction between the two cases. In Le Lievre v. Gould n(99) it was held that an older case of Cann v. Willson n(100) was overruled. That is a case where the facts were in pari materia with those in Candler’s case n(101) and CHITTY, J., held that the defendants were liable because (a) they, independently of contract, owed a duty to the plaintiff, which they failed to discharge, and (b) they had made reckless statements on which the plaintiff had acted.

This case was decided before this House in Derry v. Peek n(102) overruled the Court of Appeal on the second proposition, but the first proposition was untouched by Derry v. Peek n(102) and, in so far as it depended on the authority of George v. Skivington n(103), the latter case was expressly affirmed in Donoghue v. Stevenson n(104) although it had often previously been impugned. It is true that, as ASQUITH, L.J., pointed out in referring to George v. Skivington n(103), the hair wash put into circulation, knowing it was intended to be used by the purchaser’s wife, was a negligently compounded hair wash, so that the case was so far on all fours with Donoghue v. Stevenson n(104), but the declaration also averred that the defendant had said that the hair wash was safe.

I cannot see that there is any valid distinction in this field between a negligent statement, e.g. an incorrect label on a bottle, which leads to injury and a negligent compounding of ingredients which leads to the same result. It may well be that at the time when Le Lievre v. Gould n(99) was decided the decision of this House in Derry v. Peek n(102) was thought to go further than it did. It certainly decided that careless statements recklessly but honestly made by directors in a prospectus issued to the public were not actionable on the basis of fraud and inferentially that such statements would not be actionable in negligence (which had not in fact been pleaded), but it was pointed out by this House in Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(105) that an action does lie for negligent misstatement where the circumstances disclose a duty to be careful. It is necessary in this connexion to quote the actual language of VISCOUNT HALDANE, L.C. n(106):

n(95) [1951] 1 All E.R’ 426; [1951] 2 K.B. 164.

n(96) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.

n(97) (1883), 11 Q.B.D. 503, 509.

n(98) [1893] 1 Q.B. at p. 497; [1951] 1 All E.R. at p. 445; [1951] 2 K.B. at p. 199.

n(99) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.

n(100) (1888), 39 Ch.D. 39.

n(101) [1951] 1 All E.R. 426; [1951] 2 K.B. 164.

n(102) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(103) (1869), L.R. 5 Exch. 1.

n(104) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.

 n(105) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.

n(106) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 53; [1914] A.C. at pp. 955, 956.

 “Such a special duty may arise from the circumstances and relations of the parties. These may give rise to an implied contract at law or to a fiduciary obligation in equity. If such a duty can be inferred in a particular case of a person issuing a prospectus, as, for instance, in the case of director issuing to the shareholders of the company which they direct a prospectus inviting the subscription by them of further capital, I do not find in Derry v. Peek n(102) an authority for the suggestion that an action for damages for misrepresentation without an actual intention to deceive may not lie. What was decided there was that from the facts proved in that case no such special duty to be careful in statement could be inferred, and that mere want of care therefore gave rise to no cause of action. In other words, it was decided that the directors stood in no fiduciary relation, and, therefore, were under no fiduciary duty to the public to whom they had addressed the invitation to subscribe. I have only to add that the special relationship must, whenever it is alleged, be clearly shown to exist.” n(102) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337. So far I have done no more than summarise the argument addressed to the Court of Appeal in Candler’s case n(101) to which effect was given in the dissenting judgment of DENNING, L.J., with which I respectfully agree in so far as it dealt with the facts of that case. I am, therefore, of opinion that his judgment is to be preferred to that of the majority, although the opinion of the majority is undoubtedly supported by the ratio decidendi of Le Lievre v. Gould n(99), which they cannot be criticised for following. This, however, does not carry the appellants further than this, that, provided that they can establish a special duty, they are entitled to succeed in an action based on breach of that duty.

n(99) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.

n(100) (1888), 39 Ch.D. 39.

n(101) [1951] 1 All E.R. 426; [1951] 2 K.B. 164.

I shall later refer to certain cases which support the view that apart from what are usually called fiduciary relationships such as those between trustee and cestui que trust, solicitor and client, parent and child or guardian and ward there are other circumstances in which the law imposes a duty to be careful, which is not limited to a duty to be careful to avoid personal injury or injury to property but covers a duty to avoid inflicting pecuniary loss provided always that there is a sufficiently close relationship to give rise to a duty of care. The courts of equity recognised that a fiduciary relationship exists “in almost every shape”, to quote from FIELD, J., in Plowright v. Lambert n(107). He went on to refer to a case n(108), which had said that the relationship could be created voluntarily, as it were, by a person coming into a state of confidential relationship with another by offering to give advice in a matter, and so being disabled thereafter from purchasing. n(107) (1885), 52 L.T’ 646 at p. 652. n(108) Tate v. Williamson (1866), 2 Ch. App. 55. It is difficult to see why liability as such should depend on the nature of the damage.

LORD ROCHE in Morrison S.S. Co., Ltd. v. Greystoke Castle (Cargo Owners) n(109) instanced damage to a lorry by the negligence of the driver of another lorry which while it does no damage to the goods in the second lorry causes the goods owner to be put to expense which is recoverable by direct action against the negligent driver. n(109) [1946] 2 All E.R. 696, at p. 700; [1947] A.C’ 265 atp. 280. It is not to be supposed that the majority of the Court of Appeal, who decided as they did in Candler’s case n(110), were unmindful of the decision in Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(111), to which their attention was drawn, but they seem to have beenimpressed with the view that, in the passage which I have quoted, LORD HALDANE had in mind only fiduciary relationships in the strict sense, but in my opinion the words need not be so limited.

I am fortified in this opinion by examples to be found in the old authorities such as Shiells v. Blackburne n(112), Wilkinson v. Coverdale n(113) and Gladwell v. Steggall n(114), which are illustrations of cases where the law has held that a duty to exercise reasonable care (breach of which is remediable in damages) has been imposed in the absence of a fiduciary relationship where persons hold themselves out as possessing special skill and are thus under a duty to exercise it with reasonable care. The statement of LORD LOUGHBOROUGH in Shiells v. Blackburne n(115) is always accepted as authoritative and ought not to be dismissed as dictum, although the plaintiff failed to establish facts which satisfied the standard he set. He said n(115):

n(110) [1951] 1 All E.R. 426; [1951] 2 K.B. 164.

n(111) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep.45; [ u914]A.C. 932.

n(112) (1789), 1 Hy. Bl. 158. n(113) (1793), 1 Esp. 74.

n(114) (1839), 5 Bing. N.C. 733. n(115) (1789), 1 Hy Bl. at p. 162.

 “If a man gratuitously undertakes to do a thing to the best of his skill, where the situation or profession is such as to imply skill, an omission of that skill is imputable to him as gross negligence.” True that proximity is more difficult to establish where words are concerned than in the case of other activities and mere casual observations are not to be relied on, see Fish v. Kelly n(116), but these matters go to difficulty of proof rather than principle. n(116) (1864), 17 C.B.N.S. 194.

A modern instance is to be found in the case of Woods v. Martins Bank Ltd. n(117) where SALMON, J., held that on the facts of the case the defendant bank, which had held itself out as being advisers on investments (which was within the scope of its business) and had not given the plaintiff reasonably careful or skilful advice, so that he suffered loss, was in breach of duty and so liable in damages, even though the plaintiff might not have been a customer of the bank at the material time. True that the learned judge based this part of his conclusion on a fiduciary relationship which he held to exist between the plaintiff and the bank n(118) and thus brought himself within the scope of the decision in Candler’s case n(119) by which he was bound. For my part I should have thought that even if the learned judge put a strained interpretation on the word “fiduciary”, which is based on the idea of trust, the decision can be properly sustained as an example involving a special relationship.

n(117) [1958] 3 All E.R. 166; [1959] 1 Q.B. 55.

n(118) [1959] 1 Q.B. at p. 72; cf. [1958] 3 All E.R. at p. 174, [u958] W.L.R. at p. 1032.

n(119) [1951] 1 All E.R. 426; [1951] 2 K.B. 164.

I do not overlook the point forcefully made by HARMAN, L.J., in his judgment n(120), and elaborated by counsel for the respondent before your lordships, that it may in certain cases appear to be strange that whereas innocent misrepresentation does not sound in damages yet in the special cases under consideration an injured party may sue in tort a third party whose negligent misrepresentation has induced him to enter into the contract. As was pointed out by LORD WRENBURY, however, in Banbury v. Bank of Montreal n(121), innocent misrepresentation is not the cause of action but evidence of the negligence which is the cause of action. n(120) [1961] 3 All E.R. at pp. 902, 903; [1962] 1 Q.B. at p. 415. n(121) [1918-19] All E.R. Rep. 1 at p. 28; [1918] A.C’ 626 at p. 713. Was there then a special relationship here? I cannot exclude from consideration the actual terms in which the reference was given and I cannot see how the appellants can get over the difficulty which these words put in their way. They cannot say that the respondents are seeking to, as it were, contract out of their duty by the use of language which is insufficient for the purpose, if the truth of the matter is that the respondents never assumed a duty of care nor was such a duty imposed on them.

The first question is whether a duty was ever imposed and the language used must be considered before the question can be answered. In the case of a person giving a reference I see no objection in law or morals to the giver of the reference protecting himself by giving it without taking responsibility for anything more than the honesty of his opinion which must involve without taking responsibility for negligence in giving that opinion. I cannot accept the contention of the appellants that the responsibility disclaimed was limited to the bank to which the reference was given, nor can I agree that it referred only to responsibility for accuracy of detail. Similar words were present in the case of Robinson v. National Bank of Scotland n(122), a case in which the facts cannot, I think, be distinguished in any material respect from this.

Moreover in the Inner House the words of disclaimer were, I think, treated as not without significance. In this House the opinion was clearly expressed that the representations made were careless, inaccurate and misleading, but that the pursuer had no remedy since there was no special duty on the bank’s representative towards the pursuer. This conclusion was reached quite apart from the disclaimer of responsibility contained in the defender bank’s letters. VISCOUNT HALDANE, L.C., recalled the case of Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(123) in the following passage n(124): n(122) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) 154 at p. 159. n(123) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932. n(124) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) at p. 157. “In saying that I wish emphatically to repeat what I said in advising this House in the case of Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(123) that it is a great mistake to suppose that, because the principle in Derry v. Peek n(125) clearly covers all cases of the class to which I have referred, therefore the freedom of action of the courts in recognising special duties arising out of other kinds of relationship which they find established by the evidence is in any way affected. I think, as I said in Nocton’s case n(123), that an exaggerated view was taken by a good many people of the scope of the decision in Derry v. Peek n(125).

The whole of the doctrine as to fiduciary relationships, as to the duty of care arising from implied as well as express contracts, as to the duty of care arising from other special relationships which the courts may find to exist in particular cases, still remains, and I should be very sorry if any word fell from me which should suggest that the courts are in any way hampered in recognising that the duty of care may be established when such cases really occur.” n(123) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932. n(125) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337. This authority is, I think, conclusive against the appellants, and is not effectively weakened by the fact that the case came to an end, before the matter had been fully argued, on the House intimating that it was prepared to dismiss the appeal without costs on either side, since the pursuer had in its opinion been badly treated.

Since no detailed reasons were given by the House for the view that a banker’s reference given honestly does not in the ordinary course carry with it a duty to take reasonable care, that duty being based on a special relationship, it will not, I hope, be out of place if I express my concurrence with the observations of PEARSON, L.J., who delivered the leading judgment in the Court of Appeal and said n(126): n(126) [1961] 3 All E.R. at p. 902; [1962] 1 Q.B. at pp. 414, 415. “Apart from authority, I am not satisfied that it would be reasonable to impose on a banker the obligation suggested, if that obligation really adds anything to the duty of giving an honest answer. It is conceded by counsel for the plaintiffs that the banker is not expected to make outside inquiries to supplement the information which he already has. Is he then expected, in business hours in the bank’s time, to expend time and trouble in searching records, studying documents, weighing and comparing the favourable and unfavourable features and producing a well-balanced and well-worded report? That seems wholly unreasonable. Then, if he is not expected to do any of those things, and if he is permitted to give an impromptu answer in the words that immediately come to his mind on the basis of the facts which he happens to remember or is able to ascertain from a quick glance at the file or one of the files, the duty of care seems to add little, if anything, to the duty of honesty. If the answer given is seriously wrong, that is some evidence — of course, only some evidence — of dishonesty. Therefore, apart from authority, it is to my mind far from clear that the banker, in answering such an inquiry, could reasonably be supposed to be assuming any duty higher than that of giving an honest answer.” This is to the same effect as the opinion of COZENS-HARDY, M.R., in Parsons v. Barclay & Co., Ltd. n(127) cited as follows: n(127) (1910), 26 T.L.R. 628 at p. 629; cf. [1908-10] All E.R. Rep. 429 at pp. 432, 433. “His Lordship said he wished emphatically to repudiate the suggestion that, when a banker was asked for a reference of this kind, it was any part of his duty to make inquiries outside as to the solvency or otherwise of the person asked about, or to do anything more than answer the question put to him honestly from what he knew from the books and accounts before him.

To hold otherwise would be a very dangerous thing to do and would put an end to a very wholesome and useful practice and long established custom which was now largely followed by bankers.” It would, I think, be unreasonable to impose an additional burden on persons, such as bankers, who are asked to give references and might, if more than honesty were required, be put to great trouble before all available material had been explored and considered. It was held in Low v. Bouverie n(128) that if a trustee takes on himself to answer the inquiries of a stranger about to deal with the cestui que trust, he is not under a legal obligation to do more than to give honest answers to the best of his actual knowledge and belief, he is not bound to make inquiries himself. I do not think that a banker giving references in the ordinary exercise of business should be in any worse position than the trustee. I have already pointed out that a banker like anyone else may find himself involved in a special relationship involving liability, as in Woods v. Martins Bank Ltd. n(129), but there are no special features here which enable the appellants to succeed. n(128) [1891] 3 Ch. 82. n(129) [1958] 3 All E.R. 166; [1959] 1 Q.B. 55. I do not think that it is possible to catalogue the special features which must be found to exist before the duty of care will arise in a given case, but since preparing this opinion

I have had the opportunity of reading the speech which my noble and learned friend LORD MORRIS OF BORTH-Y-GEST has now delivered. I agree with him that if in a sphere where a person is so placed that others could reasonably rely on his judgment or his skill or on his ability to make careful inquiry such person takes it on himself to give information or advice to, or allows his information or advice to be passed on to, another person who, as he knows, or should know, will place reliance on it, then a duty of care will arise.

I would dismiss the appeal.

JUDGMENT 4 – LORD DEVLIN (read by LORD PEARCE):

My Lords, the facts of this case, stated sufficiently to raise the general point of law, are these. The appellants, being anxious to know whether they could safely extend credit to certain traders with whom they were dealing, sought a banker’s reference about them. For this purpose their bank, National Provincial Bank, Ltd., approached the respondents who are the traders’ bank. The respondents gave, without making any charge for it and in the usual way, a reference which was so carelessly phrased that it led the appellants to believe the traders to be creditworthy when in fact they were not. The appellants seek to recover from the respondents the consequent loss.

Counsel for the respondents has given your lordships three reasons why the appellants should not recover. The first is founded on a general statement of the law which, if true, is of immense effect. Its hypothesis is that there is no general duty not to make careless statements. No one challenges that hypothesis. There is no duty to be careful in speech, as there is a duty to be honest in speech. Nor indeed is there any general duty to be careful in action. The duty is limited to those who can establish some relationship of proximity such as was found to exist in Donoghue (or McAlister) v. Stevenson n(130). A plaintiff cannot therefore recover for financial loss caused by a careless statement unless he can show that the maker of the statement was under a special duty to him to be careful. Counsel submits that this special duty must be brought under one of three categories. It must be contractual; or it must be fiduciary; or it must arise from the relationship of proximity, and the financial loss must flow from physical damage done to the person or the property of the plaintiff. The law is now settled, counsel submits, and these three categories are exhaustive. It was so decided in Candler v, Crane, Christmas & Co. n(131) and that decision, counsel submits, is right in principle and in accordance with earlier authorities.

n(130) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.

n(131) [1951] 1 All E.R. 426; [1951] 2 K.B. 164.

Counsel for the appellants agrees that outside contractual and fiduciary duty there must be a relationship of proximity — that is Donoghue v. Stevenson n(130) — but he disputes that recovery is then limited to loss flowing from physical damage. He has not been able to cite a single case in which a defendant has been held liable for a careless statement leading, otherwise than through the channel of physical damage, to financial loss; but he submits that in principle such loss ought to be recoverable and that there is no authority which prevents your lordships from acting on that principle. Unless counsel for the appellants can persuade your lordships of this, his case fails at the outset. This therefore is the first and the most fundamental of the issues which the House is asked to decide.

n(130) [1932] All E.R. rep. 1; [1932] A.C’ 562.

Counsel for the respondents’ second reason is that, if it is open to your lordships to declare that there are or can be special or proximate relationships outside the categories he has named, your lordships cannot formulate one to fit the case of a banker who gives a reference to a third party who is not his customer; and he contends that your lordships have already decided that point in Robinson v. National Bank of Scotland n(132).His third reason is that if there can be found in cases such as this a special relationship between bankers and third parties, on the facts of the present case the appellants fall outside it; and here he relies particularly on the fact that the reference was marked “Strictly confidential and given on the express understanding that we incur no responsibility whatever in furnishing it.”

n(132) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) 154.

My lords, I approach the consideration of the first and fundamental question in the way in which LORD ATKIN approached the same sort of question — that is, in essence the same sort, though in particulars very different — in Donoghue v. Stevenson n(133). If counsel for the respondents’ proposition is the result of the authorities, then, as LORD ATKIN said n(134):

n(133) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.

n(134) [1932] All E.R. Rep. at p. 12; [1932] A.C. at p. 582.

“I should consider the result a grave defect in the law and so contrary to principle that I should hesitate long before following any decision to that effect which had not the authority of this House.” So before I examine the authorities, I shall explain why I think that the law, if settled as counsel for the respondents says that it is, would be defective. As well as being defective in the sense that it would leave a man without a remedy where he ought to have one and where it is well within the scope of the law to give him one, it would also be profoundly illogical. The common law is tolerant of much illogicality especially on the surface; but no system of law can be workable if it has not got logic at the root of it.

Originally it was thought that the tort of negligence must be confined entirely to deeds and could not extend to words. That was supposed to have been decided by Derry v. Peek n(135). I cannot imagine that anyone would now dispute that, if this were the law, the law would be gravely defective. The practical proof of this is that the supposed deficiency was, in relation to the facts in Derry v. Peek n(135), immediately made good by Act of Parliament. Today it is unthinkable that the law could permit directors to be as careless as they liked in the statements that they made in a prospectus.

n(135) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

A simple distinction between negligence in word and negligence in deed might leave the law defective but at least it would be intelligible. This is not, however, the distinction that is drawn in counsel for the respondents’ argument and it is one which would be unworkable. A defendant who is given a car to overhaul and repair if necessary is liable to the injured driver (a) if he overhauls it and repairs it negligently and tells the driver that it is safe when it is not; (b) if he overhauls it and negligently finds it not to be in need of repair and tells the driver that it is safe when it is not; and © if he negligently omits to overhaul it at all and tells the driver that it is safe when it is not. It would be absurd in any of these cases to argue that the proximate cause of the driver’s injury was not what the defendant did or failed to do but his negligent statement on the faith of which the driver drove the car and for which he could not recover. In this type of case where if there were a contract there would undoubtedly be a duty of service, it is not practicable to distinguish between the inspection or examination, the acts done or omitted to be done, and the advice or information given. So neither in this case nor in Candler v. Crane, Christmas & Co. n(136) (DENNING, L.J., noted the point n(137) when he gave the example of the analyst who negligently certifies food to be harmless) has counsel for the respondents argued that the distinction lies there.

n(136) [1951] 1 All E.R. 426; [1951] 2 K.B. 164.

n(137) [1951] 1 All E.R. at p. 432; [1951] 2 K.B. at p. 179.

This is why the distinction is now said to depend on whether financial loss is caused through physical injury or whether it is caused directly. The interposition of the physical injury is said to make a difference of principle. I can find neither logic nor common sense in this. If irrespective of contract, a doctor negligently advises a patient that he can safely pursue his occupation and he cannot and the patient’s health suffers and he loses his livelihood, the patient has a remedy. But if the doctor negligently advises him that he cannot safely pursue his occupation when in fact he can and he loses his livelihood, there is said to be no remedy. Unless, of course, the patient was a private patient and the doctor accepted half a guinea for his trouble: then the patient can recover all. I am bound to say, my lords, that I think this to be nonsense. It is not the sort of nonsense that can arise even in the best system of law out of the need to draw nice distinctions between borderline cases. It arises, if it is the law, simply out of a refusal to make sense. The line is not drawn on any intelligible principle. It just happens to be the line which those who have been driven from the extreme assertion that negligent statements in the absence of contractual or fiduciary duty give no cause of action have in the course of their retreat so far reached. I shall now examine the relevant authorities and your lordships will, I hope, pardon me if, with one exception, I attend only to those that have been decided in this House, for I have made it plain that I will not in this matter yield to persuasion but only to compulsion. The exception is the case of Le Lievre v. Gould n(138), for your lordships will not easily upset decisions of the Court of Appeal if they have stood unquestioned for as long as seventy years.

The five relevant decisions of this House are Derry v. Peek n(139), Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(140), Robinson v. National Bank of Scotland n(141), Donoghue v. Stevenson n(142), and Morrison S.S. Co., Ltd. v. Greystoke Castle (Cargo Owners) n(143). The last of these I can deal with at once for it lies outside the main stream of authority on this point. It is a case in which damage was done to a ship as the result of a collision with another ship. The owners of cargo on the first ship, which cargo was not itself damaged, thus became liable to the owners of the first ship for a general average contribution. They sued the second ship as being partly to blame for the collision. Thus they were claiming for the financial loss caused to them by having to make the general average contribution although their property sustained no physical damage. This House held that they could recover. Their lordships did not in that case lay down any general principle about liability for financial loss in the absence of physical damage; but the case itself makes it impossible to argue that there is any general rule showing that such loss is of its nature irrecoverable.

n(138) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491

n(139) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(140) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.

n(141) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) 154.

n(142) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.

n(143) [1946] 2 All E.R. 696; [1947] A.C. 265.

I turn back to the earlier authorities beginning with Derry v. Peek n(139). The facts in this case are so well known that I need not state them again. Nor need I state in my own words the effect of the decision. That has been done authoritatively by this House in Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(140). I quote VISCOUNT HALDANE, L.C., as stating most comprehensively the limits of the decision (nothing that his view of the case is fully supported by LORD SHAW n(144) and LORD PARMOOR n(145)) as follows n(146):

n(139) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(140) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.

n(144) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 61; [1914] A.C. at p. 970.

n(145) [1914] A.C. at p. 978.

n(146) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 49; [1914] A.C. at p. 947.

“The discussion of the case by the noble and learned Lords who took part in the decision appears to me to exclude the hypothesis that they considered any other question to be before them than what was the necessary foundation of an ordinary action for deceit. They must indeed be taken to have thought that the facts proved as to the relationship of the parties in Derry v. Peek n(139) were not enough to establish any special duty arising out of that relationship other than the general duty of honesty. But they do not say that where a different sort of relationship ought to be inferred from the circumstances the case is to be concluded by asking whether an action for deceit will lie.”

n(139) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

There was in Derry v. Peek n(139), as the report of the case shows, no plea of innocent or negligent misrepresentation and so their lordships did not make any pronouncement on that. I am bound to say that had there been such a plea I am sure that the House would have rejected it. As LORD HALDANE said, their lordships must “be taken to have thought” that there was no liability in negligence. But what their lordships may be taken to have thought, though it may exercise great influence on those who thereafter have to form their own opinion on the subject, is not the law of England. It is impossible to say how their lordships would have formulated the principle if they had laid one down. They might have made it general or they might have confined it to the facts of the case. They might have made an exception of the sort indicated by LORD HERSCHELL n(147) or they might not. This is speculation. All that is certain is that on this point the House laid down no law at all. n(147) (1889), 14 App. Cas. at p. 360. Clearly in Le Lievre v. Gould n(148) it was thought that the House had done so. LORD ESHER, M.R. n(149), treated Derry v. Peek n(150) as restating the old law “that, in the absence of contract, an action for negligence cannot be maintained when there is no fraud”. A. L. SMITH, L.J., stated the law in the same way n(151).

n(148) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.

n(149) [1893] 1 Q.B. at p. 498.

n(150) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(151) [1893] 1 Q.B. at p. 504.

n(152) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.

My lords, I need not consider how far thereafter a court of equal authority was bound to follow Le Lievre v. Gould n(148). It may be that the decision on the facts was correct even though the reasoning was too wide. There has been a difference of opinion about the effect of the decision: compare ASQUITH, L.J., in Candler v. Crane, Christmas & Co. n(153) with DENNING, L.J. n(154). Nor need I consider what part of the reasoning, if any, should be held to survive Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(152). It is clear that after 1914 it would be to Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(152) and not to Le Lievre v. Gould n(148) that the lawyer would look in order to ascertain what the exceptions were to the general principle that a man is not liable for careless misrepresentation. I cannot feel, therefore, that there is any principle enunciated in Le Lievre v. Gould n(148) which is now so deeply embedded in the law that your lordships ought not to disturb it.

n(148) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.

n(152) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.

n(153) [1951] 1 All E.R. 426 at p. 441; [1951] 2 K.B. 164 at p. 193.

n(154) [1951] 1 All E.R. at p. 434; [1951] 2 K.B. at p. 181.

I come now to the case of Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(152) which both sides put forward as the most important of the authorities which your lordships have to consider. The appellants say that it removed the restrictions which Derry v. Peek n(150) was thought to have put on liability for negligent misrepresentation. The respondents say that it removed those restrictions only to a very limited extent, that is to say, by adding fiduciary obligation to contract as a source of special duty; and that it closed the door on any further expansion. I propose, therefore, to examine it with some care because it is not at all easy to determine exactly what it decided. LORD HALDANE began his speech by saying n(155):

n(150) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(152) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.

n(155) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 47; [1914] A.C. at p. 943.

“Owing to the mode in which this case has been treated both by the learned judge who tried it and by the Court of Appeal, the question to be decided has been the subject of some uncertainty and much argument.” He went on to say that the difficulties in giving relief were concerned with form and not with substance. The main difficulty, I think, lies in discovering from the statement of claim what the cause of action was. Lord Ashburton sought relief from the consequences of having advanced money on mortgage to several persons of whom the defendant Nocton was one. The statement of claim consists of a long narrative of events interspersed with complaints. Although in the end the vital fact was that Nocton was Ashburton’s solicitor, there is no allegation of any retainer and nothing is pleaded in contract. The fact that Nocton was a solicitor emerges only in the framing of the complaint in para. 13 where it was said that Nocton’s advice to make the advance of £ 65,000 “was not that of a solicitor advising his client in good faith but was given for his own private ends”. The relief asked for in respect of this transaction is a declaration “that the plaintiff was improperly advised and induced by the defendant Nocton whilst acting as the plaintiff’s confidential solicitor” to advance £ 65,000. In para. 31 to para. 33 of the statement of claim it is related that the plaintiff was asked to release part of his security for the loan; and it is said that “the defendant Nocton in advising the plaintiff to execute the said release allowed the plaintiff to believe that he was advising the plaintiff independently and in good faith and in the plaintiff’s interest”. No separate relief was sought in respect of this transaction. Until the case reached this House no substantial point of law was raised. NEVILLE, J., at the trial held that the only issue raised by the statement of claim was whether the defendant Nocton was guilty of fraud and that the plaintiff had failed to prove it. The Court of Appeal agreed with the judge’s view of the pleadings.

COZENS-HARDY, M.R., said that if damages had been claimed on the ground of negligence, the action would have been practically undefended. But it was then too late to amend the statement of claim if only because a new cause of action would have been statute-barred. On the facts the Court of Appeal reversed in part the judge’s finding of fraud, holding that there was fraud in relation to the release. In this House at the conclusion of the appellant’s argument the respondent’s counsel was told that the House was unlikely to differ from the judgment of NEVILLE, J., on fraud. The pith of the respondent’s argument is reported as follows n(156):

n(156) [1914] A.C. at p. 943.

“Assuming that fraud is out of the question, the allegations in the statement of claim are wide enough to found a claim for dereliction of duty by a person occupying a fiduciary relation. In the old cases in equity the term ‘fraud’ was frequently applied to cases of a breach of fiduciary obligation.” He was then stopped. It can now be understood why LORD HALDANE regarded the question as one of form rather than of substance. The first question which the House had to consider was whether the statement of claim was wide enough to cover negligence. LORD PARMOOR thought that it was and n(157) decided the appeal on that ground. So I think in the end did LORD DUNEDIN n(158), but he also expressed his agreement with the opinion of LORD HALDANE. LORD HALDANE, with whom LORD ATKINSON concurred, thought that possibly negligence was covered but he did not take the view that the statement of claim must be interpreted either as an allegation of deceit or as an allegation of negligence. He said n(159):

n(157) [1914] A.C. at p. 978; [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 63.

n(158) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 58; [1914] A.C. at p. 965.

n(159) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at pp. 48, 49; [1914] A.C. at p. 946.

“There is a third form of procedure to which the statement of claim approximated very closely, and that is the old bill in Chancery to enforce compensation for breach of a fiduciary obligation. There appears to have been an impression that the necessity which recent authorities have established of proving moral fraud in order to succeed in an action of deceit has narrowed the scope of this remedy. For the reasons which I am about to offer to your lordships, I do not think that this is so.” The Lord Chancellor then went on to examine Derry v. Peek n(160) in order to determine exactly what it had decided.

n(160) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

I find most interest for present purposes in the speech of LORD SHAW OF DUNFERMLINE. He held that the pleadings disclosed n(161) “a claim for liability upon a ground quite independent of fraud, namely, of misrepresentations and misstatements made by a person entrusted with a duty to another, and in failure of that duty.” n(161) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 59; [1914] A.C. at p. 967. He posed what he considered to be the crucial question n(162): “What was the relation in which the parties stood to each other at the time of the transaction.” He stated n(163) that the defendant was Lord Ashburton’s solicitor and so under a duty to advise. He concluded in the following terms n(164):

n(162) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 60; [1914] A.C. at p. 968.

n(163) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 60; [1914] A.C. at p. 969.

n(164) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 62; [1914] A.C. at p. 972.

“Once the relations of parties have been ascertained to be those in which a duty is laid upon one person of giving information or advice to another upon which that other is entitled to rely as the basis of a transaction, responsibility for error amounting to misrepresentation in any statement made will attach to the advisor or informer, although the information and advice have been given not fraudulently, but in good faith. It is admitted in the present case that misrepresentations were made; that they were material; that they were the cause of the loss; that they were made by a solicitor to his client in a situation in which the client was entitled to rely, and did rely, upon the information received. I, accordingly, think that that situation is plainly open for the application of the principle of liability to which I have referred, namely, liability for the consequences of a failure of duty in circumstances in which it was a matter equivalent to contract between the parties that that duty should be fulfilled.” LORD SHAW does not anywhere in his speech refer to the relationship as being of a fiduciary character. LORD HALDANE laid down the general principle in much the same terms. He said n(165):

n(165) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 50; [1914] A.C. at p. 948.

“Although liability for negligence in word has in material respects been developed in our law differently from liability for negligence in act, it is none the less true that a man may come under a special duty to exercise care in giving information or advice. I should accordingly be sorry to be thought to lend countenance to the idea that recent decisions have been intended to stereotype the cases in which people can be held to have assumed such a special duty. Whether such a duty has been assumed must depend on the relationship of the parties, and it is at least certain that there are a good many cases in which that relationship may be properly treated as giving rise to a special duty of care in statement.” It is quite true that LORD HALDANE applied this principle only to cases of breach of fiduciary duty. But that was inevitable on the facts of the case since upon the view of the pleading on which he was proceeding it was necessary to show equitable fraud. In my judgment the effect of this case is as follows. The House clearly considered the view of Derry v. Peek n(166), exemplified in Le Lievre v. Gould n(167), to be too narrow. It considered that outside contract (for contract was not pleaded in the case), there could be a special relationship between parties which imposed a duty to give careful advice and accurate information. The majority of their lordships did not extend the application of this principle beyond the breach of a fiduciary obligation, but none of them said anything at all to show that it was limited to fiduciary obligation. Your lordships can therefore proceed on the footing that there is such a general principle and that it is for you to say to what cases, beyond those of fiduciary obligation, it can properly be extended.

n(166) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(167) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.

I shall not at this stage deal in any detail with Robinson v. National Bank of Scotland n(168). Its chief relevance is to counsel for the respondents’ second point. All that need be said about it on his first point is that it is no authority for the proposition that those relationships which give rise to a special duty of care are limited to the contractual and the fiduciary. On the contrary, it is a clear authority for the view that LORD HALDANE did not mean the general principle he stated in Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(169) to be limited to fiduciary relationships. He said n(170) that he wished emphatically to repeat what he had said in Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(169) that it would be a great mistake to suppose that the principle in Derry v. Peek n(171) affected the freedom of action of the courts in recognising special duties arising out of other kinds of relationship. He went on n(170):

n(168) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) 154.

n(169) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.

n(170) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) at p. 157. n(171) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

“The whole of the doctrine as to fiduciary relationships, as to the duty of care arising from implied as well as express contracts, as to the duty of care arising from special relationships which the courts may find to exist in particular cases, still remains, and I should be very sorry if any word fell from me which should suggest that the courts are in any way hampered in recognising that the duty of care may be established when such cases really occur.” I come next to Donoghue (or McAlister) v. Stevenson n(172). In his celebrated speech in that case LORD ATKIN did two things. He stated n(173) what he described as a general conception and from that conception he formulated n(174) a specific proposition of law. In between he gave a warning n(175) “against the danger of stating propositions of law in wider terms than is necessary, lest essential factors be omitted in a wider survey and the inherent adaptability of English law be unduly restricted.”

n(172) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.

n(173) [1932] All E.R. Rep. at p. 11; [1932] A.C. at p. 580.

n(174) [1932] All E.R. Rep. at p. 20; [1932] A.C. at p. 599.

n(175) [1932] All E.R. Rep. at p. 13; [1932] A.C. at p. 584.

What LORD ATKIN called a “general conception of relations giving rise to a duty of care” is now often referred to as the principle of proximity. You must take reasonable care to avoid acts or omissions which you can reasonably foresee would be likely to injure your neighbour. In the eyes of the law your neighbour is a person who is so closely and directly affected by your act that you ought reasonably to have him in contemplation as being so affected when you are directing your mind to the acts or omissions which are called in question. The specific proposition arising out of this conception is that n(176) “a manufacturer of products, which he sells in such a form as to show that he intends them to reach the ultimate consumer in the form in which they left him, with no reasonable possibility of intermediate examination, and with the knowledge that the absence of reasonable care in the preparation or putting up of the products will result in an injury to the consumer’s life or property, owes a duty to the consumer to take that reasonable care.”

n(176) [1932] All E.R. Rep. at p. 20; [1932] A.C. at p. 599.

Now it is not in my opinion a sensible application of what LORD ATKIN was saying for a judge to be invited on the facts of any particular case to say whether or not there was “proximity” between the plaintiff and the defendant. That would be a misuse of a general conception and it is not the way in which English law develops. What LORD ATKIN did was to use his general conception to open up a category of cases giving rise to a special duty. It was already clear that the law recognised the existence of such duty in the category of articles that were dangerous in themselves. What Donoghue v. Stevenson n(177) did may be described either as the widening of an old category or as the creation of a new and similar one. The general conception can be used to produce other categories in the same way. An existing category grows as instances of its application multiply, until the time comes when the cell divides.

n(177) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.

LORD THANKERTON and LORD MACMILLAN approached the problem fundamentally in the same way, though they left any general conception on which they were acting to be implied. They inquired directly n(178) whether the relationship between the plaintiff and the defendant was such as to give rise to a duty to take care. It is significant, whether it is a coincidence or not, that the term “special relationship” used by LORD THANKERTON is also the one used by LORD HALDANE in Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(179). The field is very different but the object of the search is the same.

n(178) [1932] All E.R. Rep. at pp. 22, 30; [1932] A.C. at pp. 603, 619, 620.

n(179) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.

In my opinion the appellants in their argument tried to press Donoghue v. Stevenson (108) too hard. They asked whether the principle of proximity should not apply as well to words as to deeds. I think that it should, but as it is only a general conception it does not get them very far. Then they take the specific proposition laid down by Donoghue v. Stevenson n(180) and try to apply it literally to a certificate or a banker’s reference. That will not do, for a general conception cannot be applied to pieces of paper in the same way as to articles of commerce, or to writers in the same way as to manufacturers. An inquiry into the possibilities of intermediate examination of a certificate will not be fruitful. The real value of Donoghue v. Stevenson n(180) to the argument in this case is that it shows how the law can be developed to solve particular problems. Is the relationship between the parties in this case such that it can be brought within a category giving rise to a special duty? As always in English law the first step in such an inquiry is to see how far the authorities have gone, for new categories in the law do not spring into existence overnight.

n(180) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.

It would be surprising if the sort of problem that is created by the facts of this case had never until recently arisen in English law. As a problem it is a by-product of the doctrine of consideration. If the respondents had made a nominal charge for the reference, the problem would not exist. If it were possible in English law to construct a contract without consideration, the problem would move at once out of the first and general phase into the particular; and the question would be, not whether on the facts of the case there was a special relationship, but whether on the facts of the case there was a contract. The respondents in this case cannot deny that they were performing a service. Their sheet anchor is that they were performing it gratuitously and therefore no liability for its performance can arise. My lords, in my opinion this is not the law. A promise given without consideration to perform a service cannot be enforced as a contract by the promisee; but if the service is in fact performed and done negligently, the promisee can recover in an action in tort. This is the foundation of the liability of a gratuitous bailee. In the famous case of Coggs v. Bernard n(181), where the defendant had charge of brandy belonging to the plaintiff and had spilt a quantity of it, there was a motion in arrest of judgment “for that it was not alleged in the declaration that the defendant was a common porter, nor averred that he had anything for his pains”. The declaration was held to be good not-withstanding that there was not any consideration laid. GOULD, J., said n(181):

n(181) (1703), 2 Ld. Raym. 909.

“The reason of the action is, the particular trust reposed in the defendant, to which he has concurred by his assumption, and in the executing which he has miscarried by his neglect.” This proposition is not limited to the law of bailment. In Skelton v. London & North Western Ry. Co. n(182) WILLES, J., applied it generally to the law of negligence. He said n(183):

n(182) (1867), L.R. 2 C.P. 631.

n(183) (1867), L.R. 2 C.P. at p. 636.

“Actionable negligence must consist in the breach of some duty… if a person undertakes to perform a voluntary act, he is liable if he performs it improperly, but not if he neglects to perform it. Such is the result of the decision in the case of Coggs v. Bernard n(184).” n(184) (1703), 2 Ld. Raym. 909. Likewise in Banbury v. Bank of Montreal n(185), where the bank had advised a customer on his investments, LORD FINLAY, L.C., said n(186): “He is under no obligation to advise, but if he takes upon himself to do so, he will incur liability if he does so negligently.”

n(185) [1918-19] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1918] A.C. 626.

n(186) [1918] A.C. at p. 654.

The principle has been applied to cases where as a result of the negligence no damage was done to person or to property and the consequential loss was purely financial. In Wilkinson v. Coverdale n(187) the defendant undertook gratuitously to get a fire policy renewed for the plaintiff, but, in doing so, neglected formalities, the omission of which rendered the policy inoperative. It was held that an action would lie. In two similar cases the defendants succeeded on the ground that negligence was not proved in fact. Both cases were thus decided on the basis that negligence was not proved in fact. Both cases were thus decided on the basis that in law an action would lie. In the first of them, Shiells v. Blackburne n(188), the defendant had, acting voluntarily and without reward, made an entry of the plaintiff’s leather as wrought leather instead of dressed leather, with the result that the leather was seized. In Dartnall v. Howard n(189) the defendants purchased an annuity for the plaintiff but on the personal security of two insolvent persons. The court, after verdict, arrested the judgment on the ground that the defendants appeared to be gratuitous agents and that it was not averred that they had acted either with negligence or dishonesty.

n(187) (1793), 1 Esp. 74.

n(188) (1789), 1 Hy. Bl. 158.

n(189) (1825), 4 B. & C. 345.

Many cases could be cited in which the same result has been achieved by setting up some nominal consideration and suing in contract instead of in tort. In Coggs v. Bernard n(190) HOLT, C.J., put the obligation on both grounds. He said n(191): n(190) (1703), 2 Ld. Raym. 909. n(191) (1703), 2 Ld. Raym. at p. 919. “Secondly it is objected, that there is no consideration to ground this promise upon, and therefore the undertaking is but nudum pactum. But to this I answer, that the owner’s trusting him with the goods is a sufficient consideration to oblige him to a careful management. Indeed if the agreement had been executory, to carry these brandies from the one place to the other such a day, the defendant had not been bound to carry them. But this is a different case, for assumpsit does not only signify a future agreement, but in such a case as this, it signifies an actual entry upon the thing, and taking the trust upon himself. And if a man will do that, and miscarries in the performance of his trust, an action will lie against him for that, though nobody could have compelled him to do the thing.” De la Bere v. Pearson, Ltd. n(192) is an example of a case of this sort decided on the ground that there was a sufficiency of consideration. The defendants advertised in their newspaper that their city editor would answer inquiries from readers of the paper desiring financial advice. The plaintiff asked for the name of a good stockbroker. The editor recommended the name of a person whom he knew to be an outside broker and whom he ought to have known, if he had made proper inquiries, to be an undischarged bankrupt. The plaintiff dealt with him and lost his money. The case being brought in contract, VAUGHAN WILLIAMS, L.J., thought n(193) that there was sufficient consideration in the fact that the plaintiff consented to the publication of his question in the defendants’ paper if the defendants so chose. For BARNES, P., the consideration appears to have lain in the plaintiff addressing an inquiry as invited n(194). In the same way when in Everett v. Griffiths n(195) the Court of Appeal was considering the liability of a doctor towards the person he was certifying, SCRUTTON, L.J. n(196), said that the submission to treatment would be a good consideration.

n(192) [1904-7] All E.R. Rep. 755; [1908] 1 K.B. 280.

 n(193) [1904-7] All E.R. Rep. at p. 756; [1908] 1 K.B. at p. 287.

n(194) [1904-7] All E.R. Rep. at p. 757; [1908] 1 K.B. at p. 289.

n(195) [1920] 3 K.B. 163; affd. [1921] 1 A.C. 631. n(196) [1920] 3 K.B. at p. 191.

My lords, I have cited these instances so as to show that in one way or another the law has ensured that in this type of case a just result has been reached. But I think that today the result can and should be achieved by the application of the law of negligence and that it is unnecessary and undesirable to construct an artificial consideration. I agree with Sir Frederick Pollock’s note on the case of De la Bere v. Pearson, Ltd. n(197), where he wrote in POLLOCK ON CONTRACT (13th Edn.) 140 (note 31) that “the cause of action is better regarded as arising from default in the performance of a voluntary undertaking independent of contract”.

n(197) [1904-7] All E.R. Rep. 755; [1908] 1 K.B. 280.

My lords, it is true that this principle of law has not yet been clearly applied to a case where the service which the defendant undertakes to perform is or includes the obtaining and imparting of information. But I cannot see why it should not be: and if it had not been thought erroneously that Derry v. Peek n(198) negatived any liability for negligent statements, I think that by now it probably would have been. It cannot matter whether the information consists of fact or of opinion or is a mixture of both, nor whether it was obtained as a result of special inquiries or comes direct from facts already in the defendant’s possession or from his general store of professional knowledge. One cannot, as I have already endeavoured to show, distinguish in this respect between a duty to inquire and a duty to state.

n(198) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

I think, therefore, that there is ample authority to justify your lordships in saying now that the categories of special relationships, which may give rise to a duty to take care in word as well as in deed, are not limited to contractual relationships or to relationships of fiduciary duty, but include also relationships which in the words of LORD SHAW in Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(199) are “equivalent to contract” that is, where there is an assumption of responsibility in circumstances in which, but for the absence of consideration, there would be a contract. Where there is an express undertaking, an express warranty as distinct from mere representation, there can be little difficulty. The difficulty arises in discerning those cases in which the undertaking is to be implied. In this respect the absence of consideration is not irrelevant. Payment for information or advice is very good evidence that it is being relied on and that the informer or adviser knows that it is. Where there is no consideration, it will be necessary to exercise greater care in distinguishing between social and professional relationships and between those which are of a contractual character and those which are not. It may often be material to consider whether the adviser is acting purely out of good nature or whether he is getting his reward in some indirect form. The service that a bank performs in giving a reference is not done simply out of a desire to assist commerce. It would discourage the customers of the bank if their deals fell through because the bank had refused to testify to their credit when it was good.

 n(199) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 62; [1914] A.C. at p. 972.

I have had the advantage of reading all the opinions prepared by your lordships and of studying the terms which your lordships have framed by way of definition of the sort of relationship which gives rise to a responsibility towards those who act on information or advice and so creates a duty of care towards them. I do not understand any of your lordships to hold that it is a responsibility imposed by law on certain types of persons or in certain sorts of situations. It is a responsibility that is voluntarily accepted or undertaken either generally where a general relationship, such as that of solicitor and client or banker and customer, is created, or specifically in relation to a particular transaction. In the present case the appellants were not, as in Woods v. Martins Bank, Ltd. n(200) the customers or potential customers of the bank. Responsibility can attach only to the single act, i.e., the giving of the reference, and only if the doing of that act implied a voluntary undertaking to assume responsibility. This is a point of great importance because it is, as I understand it, the foundation for the ground on which in the end the House dismisses the appeal. I do not think it possible to formulate with exactitude all the conditions under which the law will in a specific case imply a voluntary undertaking, any more than it is possible to formulate those in which the law will imply a contract. But in so far as your lordships describe the circumstances in which an implication will ordinarily be drawn, I am prepared to adopt any one of your lordships’ statements as showing the general rule; and I pay the same respect to the statement by DENNING, L.J., in his dissenting judgment in Candler v. Crane, Christmas & Co. n(201) about the circumstances in which he says a duty to use care in making a statement exists.

n(200) [1958] 3 All E.R. 166; [1959] 1 Q.B. 55.

n(201) [1951] 1 All E.R. 426 at p. 433; [1951] 2 K.B. 164 at p. 179.

I do not go further than this for two reasons. The first is that I have found in the speech of LORD SHAW in Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(202) and in the idea of a relationship that is equivalent to contract all that is necessary to cover the situation that arises in this case. Counsel for the appellants does not claim to succeed unless he can establish that the reference was intended by the respondents to be communicated by National Provincial Bank, Ltd. to some unnamed customer of theirs, whose identity was immaterial to the respondents, for that customer’s use. All that was lacking was formal consideration. The case is well within the authorities that I have already cited and of which Wilkinson v. Coverdale n(203) is the most apposite example.

n(202) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.

n(203) (1793), 1 Esp. 74.

I shall therefore content myself with the proposition that wherever there is a relationship equivalent to contract there is a duty of care. Such a relationship may be either general or particular. Examples of a general relationship are those of solicitor and client and of banker and customer. For the former Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(202) has long stood as the authority and for the latter there is the decision of SALMON, J., in Woods v. Martins Bank, Ltd. n(204) which I respectfully approve. There may well be others yet to be established. Where there is a general relationship of this sort it is unnecessary to do more than prove its existence and the duty follows. Where, as in the present case, what is relied on is a particular relationship created ad hoc, it will be necessary to examine the particular facts to see whether there is an express or implied undertaking of responsibility.

n(202) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.

n(204) [1958] 3 All E.R. 166; [1959] 1 Q.B. 55.

I regard this proposition as an application of the general conception of proximity. Cases may arise in the future in which a new and wider proposition, quite independent of any notion of contract, will be needed. There may, for example, be cases in which a statement is not supplied for the use of any particular person, any more than in Donoghue v. Stevenson n(205) the ginger beer was supplied for consumption by any particular person; and it will then be necessary to return to the general conception of proximity and to see whether there can be evolved from it, as was done in Donoghue v. Stevenson n(205), a specific proposition to fit the case. When that has to be done, the speeches of your lordships today as well as the judgment of DENNING, L.J., to which I have referred — and also, I may add, the proposition in the “Restatement” n(206), and the cases which exemplify it, will afford good guidance as to what ought to be said. I pefer to see what shape such cases take before committing myself to any formulation, for I bear in mind LORD ATKIN’S warning, which I have quoted, against placing unnecessary restrictions on the adaptability of English law. I have, I hope, made it clear that I take quite literally the dictum of LORD MACMILLAN, so often quoted from the same case, that n(207) “the categories of negligence are never closed”. English law is wide enough to embrace any new category or proposition that exemplifies the principle of proximity.

n(205) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.

n(206) See 65 CORPUS JURIS SECUNDUM title Negligence, pp. 428, 429, § 20, which begins “A false statement negligently made may be the basis of a recovery of damages for injury or loss sustained in consequence of reliance thereon, the American rule, in this respect, being more liberal than the rule in England.”

 n(207) [1932] All E.R. Rep. at p. 30; [1932] A.C. at p. 619.

I have another reason for caution. Since the essence of the matter in the present case and in others of the same type is the acceptance of responsibility, I should like to guard against the imposition of restrictive terms notwithstanding that the essential condition is fulfilled. If a defendant says to a plaintiff: — “Let me do this for you, do not waste your money in employing a professional, I will do it for nothing and you can rely on me”, I do not think that he could escape liability simply because he belonged to no profession or calling, had no qualifications or special skill and did not hold himself out as having any. The relevance of these factors is to show the unlikelihood of a defendant in such circumstances assuming a legal responsibility and as such they may often be decisive. But they are not theoretically conclusive, and so cannot be the subject of definition. It would be unfortunate if they were. For it would mean that plaintiffs would seek to avoid the rigidity of the definition by bringing the action in contract as in De la Bere v. Pearson, Ltd. n(208) and setting up something that would do for consideration. That to my mind would be an undesirable development in the law; and the best way of avoiding it is to settle the law so that the presence or absence of consideration makes no difference.

n(208) [1904-7] All E.R. Rep. 755; [1908] 1 K.B. 280.

Your lordships’ attention was called to a number of cases in courts of first instance or of appeal which it was said would have been decided differently if the appellants’ main contention was correct. I do not propose to go through them in order to consider whether on the facts of each it should or should not be upheld. I shall content myself with saying that in my opinion Le Lievre v. Gould n(209) and all decisions based on its reasoning (in which I specifically include, lest otherwise it might be thought that generalia specialibus non derogant, the decision of DEVLIN, J., in Heskell v. Continental Express, Ltd. n(210)) can no longer be regarded as authoritative; and when similar facts arise in the future, the case will have to be judged afresh in the light of the principles which the House has now laid down.

n(209) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.

n(210) [1950] 1 All E.R. 1033 at p. 1044.

My lords, I have devoted much time and thought to considering the first reason given by counsel for the respondents for rejecting the appellants’ claim. I have done so, not only because his reason was based on a ground so fundamental that it called for a full refutation, but also because it is impossible to find the correct answer on the facts to the appellants’ claim until the relevant criteria for ascertaining whether or not there is a duty to take care have been clearly established. Once that is done their application to the facts of this case can be done very shortly, for the case then becomes a very simple one. I am satisfied for the reasons which I have given that a person for whose use a banker’s reference is furnished is not, simply because no consideration has passed, prevented from contending that the banker is responsible to him for what he has said. The question is whether the appellants can set up a claim equivalent to contract and rely on an implied undertaking to accept responsibility. Counsel for the respondents’ second point is that in Robinson v. National Bank of Scotland n(211) this House has already laid it down as a general rule that in the case of a banker furnishing a reference that cannot be done. I do not agree. The facts in that case have been stated by my noble and learned friend LORD REID and I need not repeat them. I think it is plain on those facts that the bank in that case was not furnishing the reference for the use of the pursuer; he was not a person for whose use of the reference they were undertaking any responsibility, and that quite apart from their general disclaimer. Furthermore, the pursuer never saw the reference; he was given only what the Lord Justice-Clerk described n(212) as “a gloss of it”. This makes the connexion between the pursuer and the defendants far too remote to constitute a relationship of a contractual character.

n(211) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) 154.

n(212) 1916 S.C. at p. 58.

On the facts of the present case counsel for the respondents has, under his third head, argued for the same result. He submits, first, that it ought not to be inferred that the respondents knew that National Provincial Bank, Ltd. were asking for the reference for the use of a customer. If the respondents did know that, then counsel submits that they did not intend that the reference itself should be communicated to the customer; it was intended only as material upon which the customer’s bank could advise the customer on its own responsibility. I should consider it necessary to examine these contentions were it not for the general disclaimer of responsibility which appears to me in any event to be conclusive. I agree entirely with the reasoning and conclusion on this point of my noble and learned friend LORD REID. A man cannot be said voluntarily to be undertaking a responsibility if at the very moment when he is said to be accepting it he declares that in fact he is not. The problem of reconciling words of exemption with the existence of a duty arises only when a party is claiming exemption from a responsibility which he has already undertaken or which he is contracting to undertake.

For this reason alone, I would dismiss the appeal.

JUDGMENT-5: LORD PEARCE:

My Lords, VISCOUNT HALDANE, L.C., in Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(213) said:

n(213) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45 at p. 50; [1914] A.C. 932 at p. 948.

“Although liability for negligence in word has in material respects been developed in our law differently from liability for negligence in act, it is none the less true that a man may come under a special duty to exercise care in giving information or advice. I should accordingly be sorry to be thought to lend countenance to the idea that recent decisions have been intended to stereotype the cases in which people can be held to have assumed such a special duty. Whether such a duty has been assumed must depend on the relationship of the parties, and it is at least certain that there are a good many cases in which that relationship may be properly treated as giving rise to a special duty of care in statement.” The law of negligence has been deliberately limited in its range by the courts’ insistence that there can be no actionable negligence in vacuo without the existence of some duty to the plaintiff. For it would be impracticable to grant relief to everybody who suffers damage through the carelessness of another. The reason for some divergence between the law of negligence in word and that of negligence in act is clear. Negligence in word creates problems different from those of negligence in act. Words are more volatile than deeds. They travel fast and far afield. They are used without being expended and take effect in combination with innumerable facts and other words. Yet they are dangerous and can cause vast financial damage. How far they are relied on unchecked (by analogy with there being no probability of intermediate inspection — see Grant v. Australian Knitting Mills, Ltd. n(214)) must in many cases be a matter of doubt and difficulty. If the mere hearing or reading of words were held to create proximity, there might be no limit to the persons to whom the speaker or writer could be liable. Damage by negligent acts to persons or property on the other hand is more visible and obvious; its limits are more easily defined and it is with this damage that the earlier cases were more concerned. It was not until 1789 that Pasley v. Freeman n(215) recognised and laid down a duty of honesty in words to the world at large — thus creating a remedy designed to protect the economic as opposed to the physical interests of the community. Any attempts to extend this remedy by imposing a duty of care as well as a duty of honesty in representations by word were curbed by Derry v. Peek n(216).

n(214) [1935] All E.R. Rep. 209; [1936] A.C. 85.

n(215) (1789), 3 Term. Rep. 51.

n(216) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

In Cann v. Willson n(217) it had been held that a valuer was liable in respect of a negligent valuation which he had been employed by the owner of property to make for the purpose of raising a mortgage, and which the valuer himself put before the proposed mortgagee’s solicitor. CHITTY, J., there said n(218): n(217) (1888), 39 Ch.D. 39. n(218) (1888), 39 Ch.D. at pp. 42, 43. “It seems to me that the defendants knowingly placed themselves in that position, and in point of law incurred a duty towards him to use reasonable care in the preparation of the document called a valuation. I think it is like the case of an article — the supply of the hairwash in the case of George v. Skivington n(219).” n(219) (1869), L.R. 5 Exch. 1. George v. Skivington was later approved in Donoghue (or McAlister) v. Stevenson n(220). Thus in the case of economic damage alone he was drawing an analogy from a case where physical damage to the wife of a purchaser was held to give rise to an action for negligence. n(220) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562. Cann v. Willson n(217) was, however, overruled by Le Lievre v. Gould n(221) on the ground, erroneous as it seems to me, that it could not stand with Derry v. Peek n(216). The particular facts in Le Lievre v. Gould n(221) justified the particular decision, as DENNING, L.J., explained in Candler v. Crane, Christmas & Co. n(222). But the ratio decidendi was wrong since it attributed to Derry v. Peek n(216) more than that case decided. In Nocton v. Lord Ashburton n(223) this House pointed out that too much had been ascribed to Derry v. Peek n(216). VISCOUNT HALDANE, L.C., said n(224):

n(216) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

n(217) (1888), 39 Ch.D. 39.

n(221) [1893] 1 Q.B. 491.

n(222) [1951] 1 All E.R. 426; [1951] 2 K.B. 164.

n(223) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.

n(224) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. at p. 49; [1914] A.C. at p. 947.

“The discussion of the case by the noble and learned lords who took part in the decision appears to me to exclude the hypothesis that they considered any other question to be before them than what was the necessary foundation of an ordinary action for deceit. They must indeed be taken to have thought that the facts proved as to the relationship of the parties in Derry v. Peek n(216) were not enough to establish any special duty arising out of that relationship other than the general duty of honesty. But they do not say that where a different sort of relationship ought to be inferred from the circumstances the case is to be concluded by asking whether an action of deceit will lie. I think that the authorities, subsequent to the decision of the House of Lords shew a tendency to assume that it was intended to mean more than it did. In reality the judgment covered only a part of the field in which liabilities may arise. There are other obligations besides that on honesty, the breach of which may give rise to damages. These obligations depend on principles which the judges have worked out in the fashion that is characteristic of a system where much of the law has always been judge-made and unwritten.” n(216) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337. LORD HALDANE spoke to a like effect in Robinson v. National Bank of Scotland n(225):

n(225) 1916 S.C. 154 at p. 157.

“I think, as I said in Nocton’s case n(226) that an exaggerated view was taken by a good many people of the scope of the decision in Derry v. Peek n(227). The whole of the doctrine as to fiducary relationships, as to the duty of care arising from implied as well as express contracts, as to the duty of care arising from other special relationships which the courts may find to exist in particular cases, still remains and I should be very sorry if any word fell from me which should suggest that the courts are in any way hampered in recognising that the duty of care may be established when such cases really occur.”

n(226) [1914-15] All E.R. Rep. 45; [1914] A.C. 932.

n(227) (1889), 14 App. Cas. 337.

LORD HALDANE was thus in terms preserving unencumbered the area of special relationships which created a duty of care; and he was not restricting the area to cases where courts of equity would find a fiduciary duty. The range of negligence in act was greatly extended in Donoghue v. Stevenson n(228) on the wide principle of the good neighbour — sic utere tuo alienum non laedas. It is argued that the principles enunciated in Donoghue v. Stevenson n(228) apply fully to negligence in word. It may well be that WROTTESLEY, J., in Old Gate Estates Ltd. v. Toplis and Harding and Russell n(229) put the matter too narrowly when he confined the applicability of the principles laid down in Donoghue v. Stevenson n(228) to negligence which caused damage to life, limb or health. But they were certainly not purporting to deal with such issues as, for instance, how far economic loss alone without some physical or material damage to support it, can afford a cause of action in negligence by act (see Morrison Steamship Co., Ltd. v. Greystoke Castle (Cargo Owners) n(230) where it was held that it could do so). The House in Donoghue v. Stevenson n(228) was, in fact, dealing with negligent acts causing physical damage and the opinions cannot be read as if they were dealing with negligence in word causing economic damage. Had it been otherwise some consideration would have been given to problems peculiar to negligence in words. That case, therefore, can give no more help in this sphere than by affording some analogy from the broad outlook which it imposed on the law relating to physical negligence.

n(228) [1932] All E.R. Rep. 1; [1932] A.C. 562.

n(229) [1939] 3 All E.R. 209.

n(230) [1946] 2 All E.R. 696; [1947] A.C. 265.

How wide the sphere of the duty of care in negligence is to be laid depends ultimately on the courts’ assessment of the demands of society for protection from the carelessness of others. Economic protection has lagged behind protection in physical matters where there is injury to person and property. It may be that the size and the width of the range of possible claims has acted as a deterrent to extension of economic protection. In this sphere the law was developed in the United States in Glanzer v. Shepard n(231), where a public weigher employed by a vendor was held liable to a purchaser for giving him a certificate which negligently overstated the amount of the goods supplied to him. The defendant was thus engaged on a task in which, as he knew, vendor and purchaser alike depended on his skill and care and the fact that it was the vendor who paid him was merely an accident of commerce. This case was followed and developed in later cases. n(231) (1922), 233 N.Y. 236. In the Ultramares case n(232) however, the court felt the undesirability of exposing defendants to a potential liability “in an indeterminate amount for an indefinite time to an indeterminate class”. It decided that auditors were not liable for negligence in the preparation of their accounts (of which they supplied thirty copies although they were not aware of the specific purpose, namely, to obtain financial help) to a plaintiff who lent money on the strength of them.In South Africa, under a different system of law, two cases show a similar advance and subsequent restriction (Perlman v. Zoutendyk n(233) and Herschel v. Mrupe n(234).

n(232) (1931), 255 N.Y. 170.

n(233) 1934 C.P.D. 151.

n(234) 1954 (3) S.A. 464.

Some guidance may be obtained from the case of Shiells v. Blackburne n(235). There a general merchant undertook, voluntarily and without reward, to enter a parcel of the goods of another, together with a parcel of his own of the same sort, at the Customs House for exportation. Acting, it was contended, with gross negligence, he made the entry under a wrong denomination, whereby both parcels were seized. The plaintiff failed on the facts to make out a case of gross negligence. But LORD LOUGHBOROUGH said n(236):

n(235) (1789), 1 Hy. Bl. 158.

n(236) (1789), 1 Hy. Bl. at p. 162.

“… where a bailee undertakes to perform a gratuitous act, from which the bailor alone is to receive benefit, there the bailee is only liable for gross negligence; but if a man gratuitously undertakes to do a thing to the best of his skill, where his situation or profession is such as to imply skill, an omission of that skill is imputable to him as gross negligence. If in this case a ship-broker or a clerk in the Custom-House, had undertaken to enter the goods, a wrong entry would in them be gross negligence, because their situation and employment necessarily imply a competent degree of knowledge in making such entries.” HEATH, J., said n(237):

n(237) (1789), 1 Hy. Bl. at p. 161.

“… the surgeon would also be liable for such negligence, if he undertook gratis to attend a sick person, because his situation implies skill in surgery; but if the patient applies to a man of a different employment or occupation for his gratuitous assistance, who either does not exert all his skill, or administers improper remedies to the best of his ability, such person is not liable.” In Gladwell v. Stegall n(238) an infant plaintiff, ten years old, recovered damages for injury to health from a surgeon and apothecary who had treated her. She did not sue in contract but brought an action ex delicto alleging a breach of duty arising out of his employment by her, although it was her father to whom the bill was made out. In Wilkinson v. Coverdale n(239) LORD KENYON accepted the proposition that a defendant who had gratuitously undertaken to take out an insurance policy and who did it negligently could be liable in damages. In those cases there was no dichotomy between negligence in act and in word, nor between physical and economic loss. The basis underlying them is that if persons holding themselves out in a calling or situation or profession take on a task within that calling or situation or profession they have a duty of skill and care. In terms of proximity one might say that they are in particularly close proximity to those who, as they know, are relying on their skill and care, although the proximity is not contractual. n(238) (1839), 5 Bing. N.C. 733.

n(239) (1793), 1 Esp. 74.

The reasoning of Shiells v. Blackburne n(240) was applied in Everett v. Griffiths n(241) where the Court of Appeal held that a doctor owed a duty of care to a man by whom he was not employed but whom he had a duty to examine under the Lunacy Act, 1890. It was also relied on by DENNING, L.J., in his dissenting judgment in Candler v. Crane, Christmas & Co. n(242). He reached the conclusion that in respect of reports and work that resulted in such reports there was a duty of care laid on n(243) “those persons such as accountants, surveyors, valuers and analysts, whose profession and occupation it is to examine books, accounts, and other things and to make reports on which other people — other than their clients — rely in the ordinary course of business.”

n(240) (1789), 1 Hy. Bl. 158.

n(241) [1920] 3 K.B. 163, particularly at pp. 182, 217.

n(242) [1951] 1 All E.R. 426; [1951] 2 K.B. 164.

n(243) [1951] 1 All E.R. at p. 433; [1951] 2 K.B. at p. 179.

The duty is in his opinion owed (apart from contractual duty to their employer) n(244) “to any third person to whom they themselves show the accounts, or to whom they know their employer is going to show the accounts so as to induce him to invest money or take some other action on them.”

n(244) [1951] 1 All E.R. at p. 434; [1951] 2 K.B. at pp. 180, 181.

He excludes strangers of whom they have heard nothing and to whom their employer without their knowledge may choose to hand their accounts, and continues n(245): n(245) [1951] 1 All E.R. at p. 434; [1951] 2 K.B. at p. 181. “The test of proximity in these cases is: did the accountants know that the accounts were required for submission to the plaintiff and use by him?” (It is to be noted that these expressions of opinion produce a result somewhat similar to the Restatement para. 552 n(246). I agree with those words. In my opinion they are consonant with the earlier cases and with the observations of LORD HALDANE. n(246) Compare p. 612 note (206), ante. It is argued that so to hold would create confusion in many aspects of the law and infringe the established rule that innocent misrepresentation gives no right to damages. I cannot accept that argument. The true rule is that innocent misrepresentation per se gives no right to damages. If the misrepresentation was intended by the parties to form a warranty between two contracting parties, it gives on that ground a right to damages (Heilbut, symons & Co. v. Buckleton n(247). If an innocent misrepresentation is made between parties in a fiduciary relationship it may, on that ground, give a right to claim damages for negligence. There is also in my opinion a duty of care created by special relationships which, though not fiduciary, give rise to an assumption that care as well as honesty is demanded.

n(247) [1911-13] All E.R. Rep. 83; [1913] A.C. 30.

Was there such a special relationship in the present case as to impose on the respondents a duty of care to the appellants as the undisclosed principals for whom National Provincial Bank, Ltd. was making the inquiry? The answer to that question depends on the circumstances of the transaction. If, for instance, they disclosed a casual social approach to the inquiry no such special relationship or duty of care would be assumed (see Fish v. Kelly n(248)). To import such a duty the representation must normally, I think, concern a business or professional transaction whose nature makes clear the gravity of the inquiry and the importance and influence attached to the answer. It is conceded that SALMON, J., rightly found a duty of care in Woods v. Martins Bank, Ltd. n(249), but the facts in that case were wholly different from those in the present case. A most important circumstance is the form of the inquiry and of the answer. Both were here plainly stated to be without liability. Counsel for the appellants argues that those words are not sufficiently precise to exclude liability for negligence. Nothing, however, except negligence could, in the facts of this case, create a liability (apart from fraud to which they cannot have been intended to refer and against which the words would be no protection since they would be part of the fraud). I do not, therefore, accept that, even if the parties were already in contractual or other special relationship, the words would give no immunity to a negligent answer. But in any event they clearly prevent a special relationship from arising. They are part of the material from which one deduces whether a duty of care and a liability for negligence was assumed. If both parties say expressly (in a case where neither is deliberately taking advantage of the other) that there shall be no liability, I do not find it possible to say that a liability was assumed.

n(248) (1864), 17 C.B.N.S. 194.

n(249) [1958] 3 All E.R. 166; [1959] 1 Q.B. 55.

In Robinson v. National Bank of Scotland n(250) also the correspondence expressly excluded responsibility. Possibly that factor weighed with LORD HALDANE when he said n(251):

n(250) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) 154.

n(251) 1916 S.C. (H.L.) at p. 157.

“But when a mere inquiry is made by one banker of another, who stands in no special relation to him, then, in the absence of special circumstances from which a contract to be careful can be inferred, I think there is no duty excepting the duty of common honesty to which I have referred.” I appreciate counsel for the appellants’ emphasis on the general importance to the business world of bankers’ references and the desirability that in an integrated banking system there should be a duty of care with regard to them, but on the facts before us it is in my opinion not possible to hold that there was a special duty of care and a liability for negligence.

I would, therefore, dismiss the appeal

Full Decision of the Court JUDGEMENT 1 – LORD REID My Lords, this case raises the important question whether and in what circumstances a person can recover damages for loss suffered by reason of his having relied on an innocent but negligent misrepresentation. I cannot do better than adopt the following statement of the case for the judgment of McNAIR,

In The Supreme Court of Nigeria
On Friday, the 15th day of December 2006
S.C. 280/2003

Before Their Lordships
Sylvester Umaru Onu …… Justice, Supreme Court
Niki Tobi …… Justice, Supreme Court
Dahiru Musdapher …… Justice, Supreme Court
Aloma Mariam Mukhtar …… Justice, Supreme Court
Walter Samuel Nkanu Onnoghen …… Justice, Supreme Court


Between

Alhaji J. A. Odutola ————————————————— Appellants
J. A. Odutola Property Dev. Ind. Co Ltd …….


And

Papersack Nigeria Limited ——————————————– Respondent


Judgement of the Court


Delivered by Niki Tobi. JSC


The res in this litigation is 44, Eric Moore Road, Iganmu Industrial Estate in Lagos State. The 1st plaintiff, now the 1st appellant, is the original owner of the property. He is the founder and principal shareholder of the 2nd plaintiff, now the 2nd appellant. The 2nd appellant is the assignee of the unexpired term and interest in the property with effect from 13th December, 1991. The 1st appellant is the Managing Director of the 2nd appellant. The case of the appellants is that Thoresen and Co. (Nig.) Ltd. rented the property and not Papersack Nigeria Limited. Although the tenancy expired in 1980, respondent still occupied the property. They paid rent to the 1st appellant, though not regularly. The 1st appellant issued receipts for payments made to the respondent. Following the failure on the part of the respondent to pay the rent, the appellants filed the action. They claimed possession, outstanding rent and mesne profit. The respondent made a counter-claim. The learned trial Judge gave judgment for the appellants as follows:


“1. The defendant shall give up possession of the warehouse and office premises situate at No 44, Eric Moore Road, Iganmu Industrial Estate, Lagos forthwith and shall pay mesne profit at the rate of N808,861.64 (Eight hundred and eight thousand, eight hundred and sixty-one naira, sixty-four kobo) from the 1st day of June, 1994 until possession is given up.

2. For the sum of N2,975,143.23 (Two million, nine hundred and seventy-five thousand, one hundred and forty three naira, twenty-three kobo) with interest at the rate of 21 % per annum from the 1st day of June 1989 to the 31st day of May, 1994 being the amount owed by the defendant for the use and occupation of the plaintiffs warehouse and office premises at No 44 Eric Moore Road, Iganmu Industrial Estate, Lagos State.


On appeal to the Court of Appeal, the court allowed the appeal. The judgment of the High Court was set aside. The court made the following orders:


1. The arrears of rent of N68,419.95 for the period of 1977- 1982 is set aside.

2. The appellant shall pay rent of N200,000.00 for the period of 1st June 1984 to 31st May, 1985.

3. The rent from 1989 to 1994 shall be at the rate of N20,000.00 per annum as there was no proper increase of rent proved by the respondent.

4. The total arrears of rent due as at 31st May, 1994 is the sum of N1,000,000.00 (One million naira only).

5. The order for payment of mesne profit is set aside.”

Dissatisfied, the appellants have come to the Supreme Court. Briefs were filed and duly exchanged. The appellants formulated four issues for determination as follows:

  1. Whether the learned Justices of the lower court were not wrong when they held that a yearly tenancy agreement existed between the appellants and the respondent.
  2. Whether the learned Justices of the lower court were not wrong when they held that the notices given to the respondent to give up possession of the premises were not valid.
  3. Whether the learned Justices of the lower court were not wrong when they held that evidence of issuance of receipt in the name of the 2nd appellant to the respondent in lieu of the deed of assignment could not by any means amount to proof of assignment of the property to the 2nd appellant.
  4. Whether the learned Justices of the lower court were not wrong in holding that the appellants were not entitled to mesne profit on the ground that no valid notice to quit was issued when there was a continuous use and occupation of the premises by the respondent without the payment of rents.”


The respondent also formulated four issues for determination. I will not reproduce them here as they are substantially the same as those of the appellants. At the hearing of the appeal, Professor S. A. Adesanya, learned Senior Advocate of Nigeria, for the appellants, withdrew issue No 3 and it was accordingly struck out. That, in my view, is good judgment.


Taking issue No 1, learned Senior Advocate submitted that the evidence before the trial court established that the tenancy relationship between the parties was a tenancy at will. He relied on the evidence of the 1st appellant. He submitted on the evidence of the respondent that the respondent which originally came into occupation as an intruder or trespasser became a tenant at will of the 1st appellant after expiration of the extension of the term to 31/12/82 as contained in exhibit P2.


Relying on the case of Pan Asian African Co. Ltd. v. National Insurance Corporation (Nig.) Ltd. (1982) All NLR (Reprint) 229, Learned Senior Advocate submitted that holding over with the consent of the landlord made the respondent a tenant at will. He referred to Law of Real Property by Megary and Wade (4th edition) at page 638 and the cases of Howard v. Shaw (1841) 8M and M and W118, and Wheeler v. Mercer (1957) AC 416 at 425. On the strength of exhibit D9, learned Senior Advocate argued that there was no agreement that could convert the tenancy at will relationship between the parties to a yearly tenancy. He disagreed with the position taken by the Court of Appeal that “a new yearly tenancy was entered into with the anniversary year commencing from 1st June, 1982 to 31st May of the following year and each year, at an increased rent of N200,000.00 per annum in respect of the demised
premises.”


Citing Okechukwu v. Onuorah (2001) FWLR 208; (2000) 15 NWLR (Pt.691) 597; and Osho v. Foreign Finance Corporation (1991) 4 NWLR (Pt.184) 157, learned Senior Advocate enumerated the requirements of a valid lease. Learned Senior Advocate submitted on issue No 2 that the notices given to the respondent to give up possession of the premises were valid and duly terminated the respondent’s tenancy. He contended that although the respondent was given six months’ notice, it was entitled to notice of one week as a tenant at will. Counsel cited Bosah v. Oji (2002) FWLR (Pt.99) 1185; (2002) 6 NWLR (Pt.762) 137; Harvey v. Pratt (1965) 2 All ER 786 at 787; Marshall v. Berridge (1881- 85) All ER Rep. 908 at 912; Nlewedim v. Uduma (1995) 6 NWLR (Pt.402) 383 at 396; and Lakasi v. Dabian (1957) NRNLR 12
on the essentials of a valid lease. He urged the court to hold that the notices issued are valid, though surplus in relation to period to vacate.


On issue No 4, learned Senior Advocate submitted that as the respondent’s tenancy was validly determined, the appellants are entitled to mesne profit and arrears of rent. He submitted that the claim of the appellant for the period of 1989 – 1992 is for the amount owed by the respondent as consideration for the use and occupation of the appellants’ property for the period. To learned Senior Advocate, a claim for the rent as made by the appellants is for the consideration and the use and occupation which is different from mesne profit. What the appellants are claiming is a liquidated rent and is operative
during the subsistence of the tenancy. He cited Howard v. Shaw (1841) 8 M and W U8; Omotosho v. Oloriegbe (1988) 4 NWLR (Pt.87) 225; Osawaru v. Ezeiruka (1978) 6 and 7 SC 135; N.C.H.C. Ltd. v. Owoyele (1988) 4 NWLR (Pt.90) 588; and Ayinke v. Lawal (1994) 7 NWLR (Pt.356) 263.
Dealing with the issue of mesne profit, learned Senior Advocate submitted that the appellants are not bound to use the rent payable during the tenancy as a yardstick in the determination of amount payable as mesne profit, but on what is the actual value of the premises at the time when the tenancy expires. He cited once again Ayinke v. Lawal (supra) and urged the court to allow the appeal.


Learned Senior Advocate for the respondent, Mr. T. E. Williams, submitted on issue No 1 that the evidence on record clearly justify the conclusion of the Court of Appeal that it was a yearly tenancy. He relied on the evidence of 1st appellant, exhibit P3 and exhibit P6. He also called in aid the evidence of DW1. Assuming without conceding that the respondent was a tenant at will at some point in time, the parties converted it to a yearly tenancy in the course of time. This is because from 1st June, 1982, the 1st appellant had demanded rent in advance from the respondent who paid same annually. Counsel cited Pan Asia African Co. Ltd. v. National Insurance Corporation Nig. Ltd. (1982) All NLR (Reprint) 229. Counsel claimed that exhibit D9 clearly showed that the parties had at least agreed orally to a yearly tenancy in 1985 at the annual rent of N200,000.00. He also relied on the notice of six months as another reason for a case of yearly tenancy.


On Issue No 2, learned Senior Advocate contended that notice to quit to be valid and effective to terminate a tenancy must expire on the anniversary of the tenancy and any notice to quit which purports to terminate the tenancy before the expiration of the current term or in the middle of a current term is invalid. He cited African Petroleum Limited v. Owodunni (1991) 8 NWLR (Pt.210) 391 at 415.


On Issue No 4, Learned Senior Advocate submitted that a claim for mesne profit cannot be sustained as the tenancy had not been determined and still subsists. As there was no termination of the tenancy, there was no holding over, to justify a claim of mesne profits. He cited Ayinka v. Lawal (1994) 7 NWLR (Pt.356) 265. He urged the court to dismiss the appeal.


A tenancy at will, which is held by a tenant at will, generally conveys a mutual wish or intention on the part of the tenant and the landlord in the occupation of the estate. There is general understanding that the estate may be legally terminated at any time. A tenancy at will is built into the mutual understanding that both the tenant and the landlord can terminate the tenancy when any of them likes or at any time convenient to any of them. In a tenancy at will, the lessee (the tenant) is the tenant at will because the lessor (the landlord) can send him packing at any time the lessor pleases. In other words, the tenant occupies the estate at the pleasure or happiness of the landlord. This is however subject to proper notice emanating from the landlord.

Littleton succinctly describes who is a tenant at will in a medieval language as follows:
“Tenant at will is where lands or tenements are let by one man to another, to have and to hold to him at the will of the lessor, by force of which lease the lessee is in possession. In this case the lessee is called tenant at will, because he hath no certain or sure estate, for the lessor may put him out at what time it pleaseth him.” See Litt. s. 68.


In the case of Wheeler v. Mercer (1956) 3 All ER 631, Lord Simonds said at page 634:
“A tenancy at will though called a tenancy is unlike any other tenancy except a tenancy at sufferance to which it is next of kin. It has been properly described as a personal relation between the landlord and his tenant; it is determined by the death of either of them or by one of a variety of acts, even by an involuntary alienation, which would not affect the subsistence of any other tenancy.”
It is clear from Wheeler v. Mercer (supra) that although the lease may be made to be determinable at the will of the landlord only, it is also determinable at the instance of the tenant. This is a fair position in the law of property. After all, a landlord cannot foist on a tenant a tenancy which is insensitive, inimical or hostile to the tenantry needs or interests of the tenant.

In Pan Asian African Co. Ltd. v. National Insurance Corporation (Nig.) Ltd. (1982) All NLR 229, this court said at page 243:
“A tenancy at will arises whenever a tenant with the consent of owner occupies land as tenant (and not merely as servant or agent) on terms that either party may determine the tenancy at any time. This kind of tenancy may be created expressly [e.g. Mansfield and Sons Ltd. v. Botchin (1970) 2 QB 612] or by implication, common examples are where a tenant whose lease has expired holds over with landlord’s permission without having yet paid rent on a period basis (see e.g. Meye v. Electric Transmission Ltd. (1942) Ch 290).”


It is the case of the appellants that it was a tenancy at will. It is the case of the respondent that it was a yearly tenancy. While the learned trial Judge agreed with the appellants as plaintiffs, the Court of Appeal agreed with the respondent as defendant. Who is correct or who is right?


The learned trial Judge took time to examine the issue. I will quote him in extenso at pages 251-252 of the record:

“The defendant then continued in occupation of the warehouse as a trespasser and as per 1st plaintiff’s tabulation exhibit P3, the defendant paid rent to the 1st plaintiff. The acceptance of rent from the defendant was not per se evidence of any new tenancy. The court will have to determine whether in the circumstances of this case, a new tenancy was created between the parties. See Udih v. Izedonmwen (1990) 2 NWLR, (Pt.132) 357, Ratio 8. The 1st plaintiff solicitors forwarded a lease agreement to the defendant which if it had been approved or executed by the defendant would have created a new tenancy between the parties, rather the defendant by its letter of 18/9/85 exhibit D9 raised a six-point comment on the lease agreement and requested the 1st plaintiff’s solicitor to amend the draft lease accordingly. It follows that no new written yearly tenancy was created between the parties. An oral yearly tenancy agreement could not have been created by the parties in May 1982 as testified by the 1st DW in view of the late Chief Aboderin’s letter dated 24/4/82 pleading for an extension of time till 31/12/82 to move out of the warehouse. The defendant thereafter remained a Tenant-at-will paying rent. I find as a fact and I so hold that no new yearly tenancy was entered into by the parties from 1st June, 1982 to 31st May, 1983 and from year to year but a tenancy at will from 1/6/80 when Thoresen & Co. Ltd. ceased to be a tenant of the warehouse.”


The Court of Appeal did not agree with the above conclusion of the learned trial Judge. Relying on the evidence of 1st appellant and the six months’ notice to quit, the Court of Appeal said at page 449 of the record:


“This admission supported the case of the appellant that it was a yearly tenant and it is reinforced by the fact that the respondent gave the appellant six months’ notice to quit. There was no doubt that the relationship between the appellant and 1st respondent as understood by both parties was a yearly tenancy. I therefore agree with the appellant that the trial court was wrong in holding that the appellant was a tenant at will.”


And so the two courts took diametrically opposite views. What is the evidence before the court? I think I can start with exhibit P1 from Thoresen and Co. (Nig.) Ltd. to Messrs Olugbajo Sonoiki and Associate, the Estate Agent of the appellants at the material time. It reads:

“Dear Sirs
Alhaji J. A. Odutola: Plot 44, Iganmu Industrial Estate
We thank you for your letter dated 18th November, 1976. We should inform you that we have already been granted a lease for five years terminating during 1980. So far, we have paid the rent for the first two years and to the best of our knowledge the rent for the remaining three years is payable annually in advance.
Yours faithfully,
for: Thoresen & Co. (Nig) Limited
(SGD)???
L.O. Lawal
Controller, Finance/Admin.”


Exhibit P1 is the hub of the transaction as it affects the content of yearly tenancy. It is the alpha and omega in the sense that it begins and ends the content of yearly tenancy in the transaction. It says it all. The lease was for a fixed period of five years. It was to terminate “during 1980”. Rent was paid for the first two years. Rent for the remaining three years was payable annually in advance. That is the language of exhibit P1. Nobody can quarrel with the position in exhibit P1 because it is clear, very clear indeed. But what happened thereafter is the cause of the furore in this matter.


The appellants touched exhibit P1 in their brief. This is what they said at page 3 of the brief:
“Evidence led at the trial revealed that the original tenancy was between 1st appellant and Thoresen and Co. (Nig.) Ltd. By letter dated 6/12/76 written by Thoresen and Co. (Nig.) Ltd to the 1st appellant and admitted as exhibit P1, the tenancy of Thoresen and Co. (Nig.) Ltd. would terminate in 1980.”


The above is all that the brief made out of or from the exhibit. I expected the brief to build on the exhibit because it dealt very clearly with the origin of the transaction. And origins of transactions are, in most cases, important as they tell their history. And history supplements the present and the future. And so, I go to the origin of the transaction. I think our law of procedure allows me to do so. Yes, it does. After all, I can make use of any exhibit in the trial court. I am not moving out of the evidence since exhibit P1 is evidence before the court. Let me still mention one thing and it is that the respondent did not mention the exhibit, not even in a line. It skipped it. Although it is also an admission which clearly qualifies as one
against interest, the respondent understandably did not mention it, but took other evidence apparently in similar boat of admission against interest. The evidence of the 1st appellant is one. Exhibit 3 and 6 are others. I will return to them in this judgment.


What happened after exhibit P1? Putting it in another language of question: What happened after 31st May, 1980 to be precise?

The appellants mentioned what happened at page 3 of their brief and it is that the respondent, without the knowledge and consent of the 1st appellant, moved into possession of the premises. That is the evidence before the court.
The respondent did not deny it. And why should that be the situation? The respondent did its own thing in its own way. The respondent helped itself outside the law. That is not an issue before the court. I will therefore not say one word on it.


The Learned trial Judge captured the trend lucidly when he narrated at page 250 of the record:
“The plaintiffs case was that after the expiration of the fixed term of Thoresen and Co. (Nig.) Ltd. in 1980, i.e. 31/5/80, the defendant took possession of the warehouse without 1st plaintiff’s consent but upon the late Chief Aboderin’s letter of 24/4/82 asking for time to pack out, the 1st appellant agreed that the defendant remain in the premises till 31/12/82. The respondent did not move out of the warehouse on 31/12/82 and remained there until 1985 when there were moves by the 1st plaintiff and the defendant to create a new tenancy which did not
materialise.”


The letter of 24th April, 1982 (exhibit P2) written by late Chief Aboderin, which the learned trial Judge mentioned above, is a very comprehensive letter touching on a number of things, some important and others not important. Of importance to this appeal are paragraph 1 and part of paragraph 4. The paragraphs read:
“1. No doubt your solicitors would have contacted you in respect of the notice given to us to vacate your
premises. We have already informed them to appeal to you to let us stay till December, 1981 when we hope to move out of the premises.
…………………………………..

We have started moving the old machinery from the jute bag factory and as soon as this is completed, we will start renovation, hence we are appealing to you to let us stay here for the next six months and we will definitely vacate there on or about December, 1982.”


Such was the pathetic letter of appeal for understanding and leniency. I should mention in passing that exhibit P2 was written in the name of Paper and Allied Producing Company Limited, the new name replacing Thoresen and Co. (Nig.) Limited.


Came the promised December 1982 in exhibit P2, the premises was still occupied; this time by the respondent by way of a unilateral act. It remained in the premises until 1985, in the words of the learned trial Judge, “when there were moves by the 1st plaintiff and the defendant to create a new tenancy which did not materialise.”


I think this is a proper place to take the evidence of oral agreement by DW1. He said in evidence in-chief at page 186 of the record.
“In 1982, we entered into an oral agreement with the landlord to let the premises yearly from 1st June to 31st May at an annual rent of N200,000.00.”


Can this evidence pass for its content of oral agreement of a yearly tenancy to vitiate the termination of the lease in 1980?
Can the bare ipse dixit of a witness of the existence of oral evidence turn around in his favour in the face of clear documentary evidence to the contrary? I have a few more questions to ask but I can stop here.


I expected DW1 to go a bit deeper in the evidence of oral agreement if the respondent really had such evidence. In this regard, evidence of where and when the oral agreement was made ought to have been led. Similarly, there ought to have been evidence of who said what and a clear statement that the oral agreement vitiated or updated the lease.


While oral agreement has the legal capacity to re-order or change the contents of an earlier written agreement, to satisfy the basic requirements of an agreement, the party alleging such agreement must prove it. See sections 135, 136 and 139 of the Evidence Act. See also Broadline Ent. Ltd. v. Monterey Maritime Corp. (1995) 9 NWLR (Pt.417) 1; Chime v. Chime (1995) 6 NWLR (Pt.404) 734; Usman v. Ram (2001) 8 NWLR (Pt.715) 449; Attorney-General of Lagos State v. Purification Tech. (Nig.) Ltd. (2003) 16 NWLR (Pt.845) 1; Archibong v. Ita (2004) 2 NWLR (Pt.858) 590.


It is the generally accepted practice that tenancy agreement is made in writing. In order to play safe, I do not want to say that it is invariably made in writing; but I can say that it is mostly made in writing. Accordingly, where a party alleges the existence of an oral agreement, which is a unique method and procedure, he must give credible evidence as to the modalities of such agreement. In other words, a party alleging an oral agreement is duty bound to prove such an agreement to the hilt. And what is more, a lease is an exact legal transaction affecting an estate and the law requires some basic requirements.
They are (1) The words of demise. (2) The agreement must be complete. (3) The lessor and the lessee must be clearly identified. (4) The premises and dimensions of the property to be leased must be stated clearly. (5) The commencement and duration of the term of the lease must also be clearly stated. See Osho v. Foreign Finance Corporation (1991) 4 NWLR (Pt.184) 157. In Nlewedim v. Uduma (1995) 6 NWLR (Pt.402) 383, this court held that a lease to be valid and enforceable, must contain the following (1) The parties concerned. (2) The property involved. (3) The term of years. (4) The rent payable. (5) The commencement date. (6) The term as to covenants and (7) The mode of its determination.


Did the so-called oral agreement comply with or satisfy the above requirements or ingredients of a valid lease? In the absence of any evidence to that effect, this court cannot speculate or conjecture as to the contents of the so-called oral agreement. The learned trial Judge was never moved by the evidence of oral agreement. I am not moved either. The Court of Appeal was silent on that aspect.


Mr. Williams submitted that exhibit D9 “showed that the parties had at least agreed orally to a yearly tenancy in 1985.”
With the greatest respect, there is no such thing in exhibit D9. Exhibit D9 merely commented on the Draft Lease Agreement sent to the respondent by the film of Ayoola and Company, Solicitors.
As it is, the respondent has waved to this court, with all confidence, a supposed oral agreement which the appellants have denied. Unfortunately, this court cannot identify such an agreement, not even the shadow of it. I am tempted to come to the conclusion that the story of the oral agreement is a fabrication. How can the reactions of the respondent to exhibit D9, the lease, metamorphose to an oral agreement, reactions which the respondent asked to be incorporated into the agreement? In sum, the respondent did not prove the so-called oral agreement. And in view of the fact that it so alleged, the burden of proof was on it.


Let me take the issue of new tenancy here. An act of a new tenancy is conscious and specific one which must be a subject of bilateral conduct on the part of the landlord and tenant. As a matter of law, the parties must clearly and unequivocally express their willingness to enter into the new tenancy at the termination of the old one. As a specific act emanating from the landlord and the tenant, it cannot be a subject of guess or speculation. An agreement or contract is a bilateral affair which needs the ad idem of the parties. Therefore where parties are not ad idem, the court will find as a matter of law that an agreement or contract was not duly made between the parties. In the case of Chief Olowofoyeku v. The Attorney-General of Oyo State (1990) 2 NWLR (Pt.132) 369, cited by learned Senior Advocate for the appellants, the Court of Appeal correctly held that where an agreement is intended to be made by several persons jointly, if any of those persons failed to enter into the agreement, there is no contract, and liability is incurred by such of them as have entered into the agreement.


And that takes me to the issue of admission by the appellants. The Court of Appeal zeroed in on that. Let me reproduce the ipsissima verba of the evidence of the 1st appellant which the Court of Appeal relied upon. In answer to cross-examination, 1st appellant said:
“As far as Blocks B and C are concerned, Papersack succeeded Thoresen as tenant. The defendants are one year tenant. The N200,000.00 per annum is not the current rent. I did not negotiate revision of rent.”


Relying on the above evidence, the Court of Appeal concluded at page 449 of the record and I quote it the second time at the expense of prolixity:
“The admission supported the case of the appellant that it was a yearly tenant and it is reinforced by the fact that the respondent gave the appellant six months’ notice. There was no doubt that the relationship between the appellant and 1st respondent as understood by both parties was a yearly tenancy. I therefore agree with the appellant that the trial court was wrong in holding that the appellant was a tenant at will.”


The most important and poignant word for my purpose is “understood”. Parties to an agreement may mutually but wrongly come to an understanding as to the legal content of it. That notwithstanding, a court of law can only interpret the agreement strictly in its legal content and arrive at a conclusion on the law and the law alone in respect of it. A court of law cannot construe the agreement to convey the meaning “as understood” by the parties, if it is different from the real legal meaning of the agreement.

While there are instances where the principles of equity may assist a party wronged by a strict application
of the construction of the agreement, in the application of the doctrine of estoppel, this is not one of such cases.
I realise that the so-called admissions in exhibit P3, P6 and the evidence of 1st appellant under cross-examination did not reflect the true legal position of the matter in respect of the status of the tenancy. There was a clear mistaken belief on the part of the parties as to the true legal position and this court cannot deviate from the position of the law merely because there are admissions: admissions which are not borne out in law. After all, this is a court of law and must therefore uphold the law as its clientele.


An admission against interest, in order to be valid in favour of the adverse party, must not only vindicate or reflect the material evidence before the court; it must also vindicate and reflect the legal position. Where an admission against interest does not vindicate or reflect the legal position, it will be regarded for all intents and purposes as superfluous. And a court of law is entitled not to assign any probative value to it.


Exhibit P1 which I reproduced earlier is the mother of all the exhibits. It started the events and told a story of the termination of the yearly tenancy in 1980. This was in the letter sent by Thoresen and Co. (Nig.) Ltd. Although things changed when the respondent came into the tenancy, they did not change in favour of the respondent to the extent of a continuing yearly tenancy.


Mr. Williams submitted, without conceding, that at some point in time the respondent could have been tenant at will but in the course of time the parties convened it to a yearly tenancy. This is because from 1st June, 1982, the appellants had demanded rent in advance from the respondent who had paid same annually. With respect, I am not with him, the evidence show that the parties started with a yearly tenancy which finally became a tenancy at will by operation of law. While I agree that a tenancy at will can be convened to a yearly tenancy and vice-versa, the position in this case is that it is the yearly tenancy that was converted to a tenancy at will. And here, I hold that when the yearly tenancy ended in 1980, the
tenancy at will commenced and the “holding over” started immediately thereafter. In Pan Asian African Co. Ltd. v. National Insurance Corporation (Nig.) Ltd. (1982) All NLR 229, this court held that holding over with consent of the landlord makes the tenant, a tenant at will.


Let me take the issue of notice. The Court of Appeal, in coming to the conclusion that it was a yearly tenancy, held that the notice to quit given to the appellant which did not end on the 31st of May in the year was invalid. As I have come to the conclusion that the tenancy was at will, there is really no need to take this aspect further. But I think I can make the point clearer by taking section 15 (1)(a) of the Rent Control and Recovery of Residential Premises Law, Cap. 167, Laws of Lagos Stare. The subsection provides:
“Where there is no express stipulation as to the notice to be given by either party to determine the tenancy the following periods of time shall be given:
(a) in the case of a tenancy at will or a weekly tenancy, a week’s notice.”

In exhibit P6, the solicitors of the 1st appellant gave the respondent seven days’ notice to quit. The notice was given on 1st February 1993. The last paragraph of the exhibit reads:
“We shall on the 10th day of February, 1993, apply to the court for a summons to eject any person therefrom.”
I do not think I should take the issue further. The notice, exhibit P6, is valid.
I think this is a convenient place to take the issue of six months for whatever it is worth. As indicated above, the Court of Appeal saw the six months’ notice as an admission on the part of the appellants of the existence of a yearly tenancy. With respect, I do not agree with the court because it is not consistent with logic.


I do not think I have made myself clear. Let me do so by resorting to a market place example. If A is owing B N10.00 but at the time of payment, mistakenly pays N12.00, can it be said with any seriousness that A owed B N12.00 instead of N10.00 that the agreement clearly provides? The court will regard the extra N2.00 as a “gift” on the premise of gratis and not part of the bargain. I think B should smile home with his N2.00 “gift” like a winner of lottery and not make a contractual matter out of it. I think I have made myself clear.


And that takes me to the last issue on mesne profit and arrears of rent. The expression “mesne profits” is used to describe the sum due to a landlord from the time his tenant ceases to hold the premises as tenant to the time such tenant gives up possession. See Debs v. Cenico Nigeria Ltd. (1986) 3 NWLR (Pt.32) 846. Mesne profits are the rents and profits which a trespasser has, or might have received or made during his occupation of the premises, and which therefore he must pay over to the true owner as compensation for the tort which he has committed. See African Petroleum Ltd. v. Owodunni (1991) 8
NWLR (Pt.210) 391. Mesne profits mean intermediate profits, id est profits, accruing between two points of time, that is between the date when the tenant ceases to hold the premises as a tenant and the date when he gives up possession. See Alhaji Ayinke v. Alhaji Lawal (1994) 7 NWLR (Pt.356) 253.


The learned trial Judge ordered the payment of mesne profits at the rate of N808,861.64 from the 1st day of June, 1994 until possession is given up. The Court of Appeal set aside the award of mesne profits on the ground that the tenancy of the respondent was not properly determined.


In paragraph 22(c) of the further amended statement of claim, the appellant claimed as follows:
“Mesne profit at the rate of N808,861.64 per annum until possession is given up.”
In his evidence-in-chief, 1st appellant said at page 130 of the record:
“The last term on exhibit P3 is the rent due up to 1991 which is N994,416.75. The rent due for 1992 is N808,861.64 1992/93 the same amount.”


In his judgment at page 271, the learned trial Judge made the following order:
“1. The defendant shall give up possession of the warehouse and office premises situate at No 44, Eric Moore Road, Iganmu Industrial Estate, Lagos State forthwith and shall pay mesne profit at the rate of N808,861.64 from the 1st day of June, 1994 until possession is given up.”


The Court of Appeal set aside the award of mesne profits on the only ground that the notice to quit was not valid and therefore did not properly determine the tenancy of the respondent. Contrary to that, I have held that the notice to quit was valid and therefore properly determined the tenancy of the respondent. In the light of this and from the totality of the claim and the evidence before the court, I set aside the order of the Court of Appeal in respect of the mesne profit and restore that of the trial court.


In sum, the appeal is allowed and the judgment of the Court of Appeal is set aside. I affirm the judgment of the trial Judge. I award N10,000.00 against the respondent in favour of the appellants.


Judgement delivered by Sylvester Umaru Onu. JSC


This is an appeal against the judgment of the Court of Appeal, holden in Lagos in Appeal No CA/L/144/2001 delivered on the 1st day of July, 2003. That court had allowed the appeal against the judgment of the Lagos State High Court delivered by Adeyinka, J. in suit No LD/2209/93 on 22nd day of May, 1998.


The appellants as plaintiffs had at the High Court, claimed the following reliefs in paragraph 22 of the further amended statement of claim:
“22. Whereof, the plaintiffs claim against the defendant as follows:
(a) Possession of the warehouse and office premises situate at Eric Moore Road, Iganmu Industrial Estate,
Lagos State.
(b) The sum of N3,005,140.95 (three million, five thousand, one hundred and forty naira, ninety five
kobo) being outstanding money owed by the defendant for the use and occupation of the plaintiffs’
property plus interest at 21 % per annum until the debt is liquidated.
(c) Mesne profit at the rate of N808,861.64 per annum until possession is given up.”


The facts of the case have been exhaustively set out in the leading judgment of my learned brother, Tobi, J.S.C. and I do not deem it necessary to repeat them except where the need arises, to emphasize the point made.


Evidence led showed that the original tenant of the 1st appellant was Thoresen & Co. (Nig.) Ltd whose tenancy was to terminate on 31/5/80 by virtue of letter dated 6/12/76 admitted in evidence as exhibit P1. However, by another letter dated 24th April, 1982, from Chief Aboderin who is stated to be the owner of both Thoresen & Co. (Nig.) Ltd and the respondent, the said Chief Aboderin pleaded with the 1st appellant that time for the said Thoresen & Co. (Nig.) Ltd to vacate the property be extended to 31/12/82 and the said request was acceded to. The letter in question was received in evidence as
exhibit P2.


It then transpired that at the expiration of the original term of Thoresen & Co. (Nig.) Ltd in 1980, the respondent without the knowledge, consent or agreement of the 1st appellant took possession of the premises which was a warehouse on 31/12/82 being the terminal date of the extended period of tenancy. In 1985, an attempt by the 1st appellant and the respondent to create a tenancy failed. In the meantime, the respondent was initially paying rent for the use and occupation of the property.


It was appellant’s contention that the respondent having moved into the property without an agreement and by that token became a tenant at will of the 1st appellant particularly, after the expiration of the extended term to 31/12/82. Such a tenancy in law is determined by seven days’ notice of intention to recover possession.


While the High Court held the view that the appellants were right, the court below (Court of Appeal) held otherwise since the respondent was now paying rent on yearly basis. Hence, it became a yearly tenancy determinable at six months’ notice of intention to recover possession, thereby rendering seven days’ notice improper.


I hold the view that from the expiration of Thoresen & Co. (Nig) Ltd’s extended tenancy, the respondent became a trespasser on the property. However, from the time the respondent started to pay rent which was on yearly basis and in advance, a yearly tenancy by conduct of the parties may have been created and continued in existence until when the respondent stopped paying the rent as and when due or failed to secure a tenancy agreement in respect of the property.

At page 130 of the record appear the following facts, which have neither been contested nor disputed by the respondent:
“2nd PW The last item on exhibit P3 is the rent due up to 1991 which is N994,418.75. The rent due for 1992 is N808,861.64, 1992/93 the same 1994/95 and 1995/96 N1,982,365.26 and 1996 to May, 1997
N1,802,356.26. All these rents have not been paid by the defendant.”

I am of the firm view that from the moment a year’s rent became due and payable by the respondent but remained unpaid, the yearly tenancy, if any created by the conduct of the parties thereto came to an end by effluxion of time and the respondent thereupon became a tenant at will to the 1st appellant by continuing or remaining in possession of the property.


In other words, the respondent at that stage is said to be holding over the property and in that capacity, became a tenant at will. See the case of Howard v. Shaw (1841) 8M & M W118; and Wheeler v. Mercer (1957) AC 416 at 425 which elucidate on the principles of holding over, how a tenancy at will arises as well as the requisite period of notice to quit vis-a-vis the provisions of section 15(1) of the Rent Control and Recovery of Premises Law, Cap. 167, Laws of Lagos State, by whose provisions the respondent was entitled to no more than a week’s notice.


It is for these and the fuller reasons articulated and proffered by my learned brother, Tobi, J.S.C that I too allow the appeal. I abide by all the consequential orders awarded inclusive of those as to costs.

Judgement delivered by Dahiru Musdapher. JSC


I have had the opportunity to read before now, the judgment of my Lord, Tobi, J.S.C with which I entirely agree. For the same reasons canvassed in the aforesaid judgment, which I respectfully adopt as mine, I too, allow the appeal and set aside the judgment of the court below. I restore the decision of the trial court. The appellants are entitled to costs which I assess
at N10,000.00.


Judgement delivered by Aloma Mariam Mukhtar. JSC


I have read in advance the lead judgment delivered by learned brother Niki Tobi, J.S.C. The reliefs sought by the appellants in the High Court of Lagos, as per their further amended statement of claim are as follows:
(a) Possession of the warehouse and office premises situate at Eric Moore Road, Iganmu Industrial Estate,
Lagos State.
(b) The sum of N3,005,140.95 (three million, five thousand, one hundred and forty naira, ninety five
kobo) being outstanding money owed by the defendant for the use and occupation of the plaintiffs’
property plus interest at 21 % per annum until the debt is liquidated.
(c) Mesne profit at the rate of N808,861.64 per annum until possession is given up.”

The respondent/defendant in its statement of defence counterclaimed against the appellants/plaintiffs as follows:
“Whereupon the defendant counter-claims against the plaintiffs in the sum of N1,360,370.00 and N5 million as special and general damages respectively in respect of the defendant’s raw materials, industrial machines and components destroyed as a result of the wrongful activities of the plaintiffs.”


The learned trial Judge after evaluating the evidence before him and giving the addresses of learned counsel the consideration they deserved dismissed the respondent’s counter claim and gave judgment in favour of the plaintiffs as
follows:
“1. The defendant shall give possession of the warehouse and office premises situate at No. 44, Eric Moore Road, Iganmu Industrial Estate, Lagos State Forthwith and shall pay mesne profit at the rate of N808,861.64 (Eight hundred and eight thousand, eight hundred and sixty-one Naira, sixty-four kobo) from the 1st day of June, 1994 until possession is given up.

2. For the sum of N2,975,143.23 (Two million nine hundred and seventy-five thousand, one hundred and forty three Naira, twenty-three kobo) with interest at the rate of 21% per annum from the 1st day of June, 1989 to the 31st day of May, 1994 being the amount owed by the defendant for the use and occupation of the plaintiff’s warehouse and office premises at No. 44, Eric Moore Road, Iganmu Industrial Estate, Lagos State.”


The defendant appealed against the judgment to the Court of Appeal, and the Appeal Court set aside the said judgment as it relates to the termination of the tenancy, but varied the award for arrears of rent made by the trial court.

Dissatisfied by the decision of the Court of Appeal, the plaintiff appealed to this court on four grounds of appeal. Briefs of argument were exchanged by learned counsel for the parties, and these were adopted at the hearing of the appeal.

Four issues for determination were raised in the appellants’ brief of argument, but the third issue in the brief was struck out at the instance of the learned Senior Advocate of Nigeria in the course of his submissions in court.


Four issues for determination were raised in the respondents’ brief of argument. On the nature of the tenancy between the parties, it is clear from the copious evidence adduced that the tenancy in respect of the property in dispute was originally between plaintiffs/appellants and Thoresen & Co. (Nig.) Ltd.

From the printed record of proceedings one can see that the tenancy between the parties to this case became a tenancy at will. These facts are reflected in the following averments in the appellants’ amended statement of Claim.

  1. The plaintiffs aver that the defendant is the present occupier of the warehouse and office premises let to Thoresen & Co. (Nig.) Limited by the plaintiffs. The tenancy of Thoresen and Company Nigeria Limited was determined by effluxion of time in 1980.
  2. The plaintiffs aver that the rent payable for the demised premises for the year 1977 – 1982 was N185,450.00 year.
  3. The plaintiffs aver that the defendant paid the sum of N159,643.72 per year between 1979 – 1982 leaving the balance of N22,806.25 unpaid for each year.
  4. By mutual agreement the defendant’s tenancy (if any) was determined and the defendant was expected to vacate the property on 31st December, 1982.
  5. The defendant did not vacate the premises in December, 1982 and on the personal undertaking of Chief Aboderin, the Chairman of the defendant’s company, it was agreed that the defendant shall continue to pay for the use and occupation of the premises at the prevailing rate in the area until the defendant secures alternative accommodation.

The averments were supported by credible evidence which the learned trial court accepted and found on. The definition of tenancy at will as set out in the Law of Real Property by R.E. Megarry and H.W.R. Wade 4th Edition page 638 is copiously reproduced and dealt with in the case of Pan Asian African Co. Ltd. v. National Insurance Corporation Nig. Ltd. (1982) All NLR 229.

My learned brother has in the lead judgment applied the knowledge impacted by the authors of the Law of Real Property and the decision in the Pan Asian African case to the present appeal. The evidence adduced does not disclose a valid lease between the present parties and this thus further strengthens the appellants’ case that the arrangement between them was that of a tenancy at will, and the notice to quit given to the respondent was a valid one. See Harvey v. Pratt (1965) 2 All NLR 786; and Marshall v. Beridge (1981-85) All ER 908. I hold that the tenancy is a tenancy at will.


I am in complete agreement with the reasoning and conclusion reached in the lead judgment, and also allow the appeal. I abide by the consequential orders made in the lead judgment.

Judgement delivered by Walter Samuel Nkanu Onnoghen. JSC


This is an appeal against the judgment of the Court of Appeal, Holden in Lagos in appeal No CA/L/144/2001 delivered on the 1st day of July, 2003 in which it allowed the appeal against the judgment of the Lagos State High Court delivered by Adeyinka, J. on the 22nd day of May, 1998 in suit No LD/2209/93.


The appellants, who were the plaintiffs at the High Court, claimed the following reliefs in paragraph 22 of the further amended statement of claim:
“22. Whereof, the plaintiffs claim against the defendant as follows:
(a) Possession of the warehouse and office premises situate at Eric Moore Road, Iganmu Industrial Estate,
Lagos State.
(b) The sum of N3,005,140.95 (three million, five thousand, one hundred and forty naira, ninety five
kobo) being outstanding money owed by the defendant for the use and occupation of the plaintiffs’
property plus interest at 21 % per annum until the debt is liquidated.
(c) Mesne profit at the rate of N808,861.64 per annum until possession is given up.”


The facts of the case have been fully stated in the lead judgment of my learned brother Tobi, J.S.C. and as such I do not intend to repeat them here except as may be needed to emphasis the point being made.
There is evidence that the original tenant of the 1st appellant was Thoresen & Co. (Nig.) Ltd whose tenancy was to terminate on 31/5/80 by virtue of a letter dated 6/12/76 admitted in evidence in exhibit P1. However by another letter dated 24/4/82 from Chief Aboderin who is said to be the owner of both Thoresen & Co. (Nig.) Ltd and the respondent the said Chief pleaded with the 1st appellant for extension of time to 31/12/82 for the said Thoresen & Co. (Nig.) Ltd to vacate the property which request was accepted by the said 1st appellant. The letter in question was received in evidence as exhibit P2.

However at the expiration of the original term of Thoresen & Co. (Nig.) Ltd in 1980, the respondent without the knowledge, consent or agreement of the 1st appellant took possession of the premises which was a warehouse. The respondent did not move out of the warehouse on 31/12/82 being the terminal date of the extended period of tenancy. In 1985 there was an abortive move by the 1st appellant and the respondent to create a tenancy. Meanwhile the respondent was initially paying rent for the use and occupation of the property.


It is the case of the appellants that the respondent having moved into the property without an agreement was a tenant at will of the 1st appellant particularly after the expiration of the extended term on 31/12/82, and that such a tenancy is determinable by seven days’ notice of intention to recover possession. The High Court agreed with the appellants but the Court of Appeal did not. The Court of Appeal held that since the respondent was paying rent on yearly basis, there was an implied yearly tenancy which was determinable by six months’ notice of intention to recover possession terminable at the
end of the tenancy and such seven days’ notice was not proper.


I hold the view that from the expiration of the extended tenancy of Thoresen & Co. (Nig.) Ltd, the original tenant of the 1st appellant, the respondent was a trespasser on the property. However from the time the respondent started to pay rent which was on yearly basis and in advance, a yearly tenancy by conduct of the parties may have been created and continued in existence until when the respondent stopped paying the rent as and when due and or failed to secure a tenancy agreement for the property.

At page 130 of the record appear the following facts, which have not been disputed by the respondent:
“2nd PW The last item on exhibit P3 is the rent due up to 1991 which is N994,418.75. The rent due for 1992 is N808,861.64, 1992/93 the same 1994/95 and 1995/96 N1,982,365.26 and 1996 to May, 1997
N1,802,356.26. All these rents have not been paid by the defendant.”


I hold the considered view that from the moment a year’s rent became due and payable by the respondent but remained unpaid, the yearly tenancy, if any, created by the conduct of the parties thereto came to an end by effluxion of time and the respondent thereby became a tenant at will of the 1st appellant by continuing in possession of the property.

In law we describe the respondent at that stage as holding over the property and in that capacity it became a tenant at will. The situation of failure to pay rent continued from 1991 to 1997 yet learned counsel and the Court of Appeal contend that there was a yearly tenancy.


In the case of Pan Asian African Co. Ltd. v. National Insurance Corporation (Nig.) Ltd. (1982) All NLR 229 at 243, this court has this to say:
“Holding over with the consent of the landlord made the respondent tenants at will. This is well settled law. See the Law of Real Property by R.E. Megary and H.W.R. Wade, 4th edition page 638 where the learned authors deal with creation of tenancies at will.


A tenancy at will arises whenever a tenant with the consent of the owner occupies land as tenant (and not merely as servant or agent) on terms that either party may determine the tenancy at any time. This kind of tenancy may be created expressly (e.g. Manfield & Sons Ltd. v. Botchin (1970) 2 QB 612) or by implication, common examples are where a tenant whose lease has expired holds over with landlord’s permission without having yet paid rent on a period basis. (See Meye v. Electric Transmission Ltd. (1942) Ch. 290), where a tenant takes possession under a void lease or person is allowed to occupy a house rent free and for indefinite period and (usually) where a purchaser has been let into possession pending completion. Howard v. Shaw (1841) 8M & M W118, Wheeler v. Mercer (1957) AC 416 at 25. Unless the parties agree that the tenancy shall be rent free or the tenant has some other right to rent-free occupation the landlord is entitled to compensation for the ‘use and occupation’ of the land.”


It is not disputed that a tenancy at will is determinable by seven days’ notice of intention of the landlord to recover possession which was duly complied with in this case. Even if six months’ notice was given, it does not, per se, change the nature and legal character of the tenancy in issue.
I therefore agree with the learned trial Judge at pages 251 – 252 of the record thus:
“The defendant then continued in occupation of the warehouse as a trespasser and as per 1st plaintiff’s Tabulation exhibits P3, the defendant paid rent to the 1st plaintiff. The acceptance of rent from the defendant was not per se evidence of a new tenancy. The court will have to determine whether in the circumstances of this case, a new tenancy was created between the parties see Udih v. Izedunmwem (1990) 2 NWLR (Pt.132) 357.

The 1st plaintiff solicitors forwarded a lease agreement to the defendant which if it had been approved or executed by the defendant would have created a new tenancy between the parties, rather the defendant by its letter of 18/9/85 exhibit D9 raised a six points comments on the lease agreement and requested the 1st plaintiff solicitors to amend the draft lease accordingly. It follows that no new written yearly tenancy was created between the parties. An oral yearly tenancy agreement could not have been created by the parties in May 1982 as testified by the 1st DW in view of the late Chief Aboderin’s letter dated 24/4/82 pleading for an extension of time till 31/12/82 to move out of the warehouse. The defendant thereafter remained a Tenant at-will paying rent.”


On the issue of the requisite period of notice to quit, it is very clear that by the provisions of section 15(1) of the Rent Control and Recovery of Premises Law, Cap. 167, Laws of Lagos State, Cap. 167, the respondent was entitled to nothing more than a week’s notice.


In conclusion, I agree with the conclusion reached by my learned brother Tobi, J.S.C. in the lead judgment that the appeal has merit and should be allowed. I accordingly allow same and abide by the consequential orders contained in the said lead judgment including the order as to costs.

Counsel
Professor S. A. Adesanya, SAN with him N. O. O. Oke, SAN, I.A. Saka, B.A. Aderosin, W. Kasali, K. Yekeen, A.O. Olori-Aje …… For the Appellants


T. E. Williams, SAN, with him; Mohammed Salau, A.A. Kester …… For the Respondent

In The Supreme Court of NigeriaOn Friday, the 15th day of December 2006S.C. 280/2003 Before Their LordshipsSylvester Umaru Onu …… Justice, Supreme CourtNiki Tobi …… Justice, Supreme CourtDahiru Musdapher …… Justice, Supreme CourtAloma Mariam Mukhtar …… Justice, Supreme CourtWalter Samuel Nkanu Onnoghen …… Justice, Supreme Court Between Alhaji J. A. Odutola ————————————————— AppellantsJ. A. Odutola Property Dev. Ind. Co Ltd

Written by Carrington Omokaro, Esq

The Supreme Court in the case of Odey v. Alaga (2021) 13 NWLR (Part 1792) 1 delivered on 25th of February, 2021 in a split decision of 4-3 decided that a Notice of Appeal must be served on the respondent personally and that service of a Notice of Appeal on the Respondent’s counsel instead of the Respondent personally, renders the appeal incompetent.

However in the recent decision of Amaechi v. Gov. Of Rivers State (2022) 17 NWLR (Part 1858) 1 delivered on 27th May, 2022, the court stated that a Notice of Appeal filed and served on the Respondent’s counsel is proper service as far as the court is satisfied that the Notice of Appeal has been communicated to the Respondent.

Why Odey v. Alaga wasn’t good precedence
The Respondent who filed the objection had already filed its Respondent’s brief to the Appellant’s brief and there was also a reply brief by the Appellant.

It was also on record that there was an application by the Appellant to regularise the defect. Hence the principle in priority of motions as laid in NALSA & TEAMS ASSOCIATE v. NNPC (1991) (PT 212) and AG FED v. AIC Ltd (1995) (PT 378) ought to have been followed.

Odey v. Alaga (2021) Part 1792 as well as JEGEDE v. INEC (2021) (PART 1797)(Had the Majority in Jegede’s case considered the provisions of S. 318 perhaps the decision who have been different), are the specific instances where I with due respect agree with the reasoning of the Minority decision over the Majority.

Written by Carrington Omokaro, Esq The Supreme Court in the case of Odey v. Alaga (2021) 13 NWLR (Part 1792) 1 delivered on 25th of February, 2021 in a split decision of 4-3 decided that a Notice of Appeal must be served on the respondent personally and that service of a Notice of Appeal on the Respondent’s counsel instead of

Proving the Ingredients of an Offence

Ingredients of the Offence of Armed Robbery

UTTO v. STATE (2021) LPELR-56230(SC)

“Now the essential ingredients for the offence of armed robbery have been stated by this Court in a host of authorities. I wish to restate them here as follows:- (1). That these was a robbery (2). That the robbery was an armed robbery (3). That the accused person was one of those who robbed. All of the above must be provided beyond reasonable doubt before a conviction can be sustained and proof beyond reasonable doubt entails the prosecution producing enough evidence to justify the charge. See OLAYINKA AFOLALU VS THE STATE (Supra); FATAI OLAYINKA VS THE STATE (2007) 4 SCNJ 53; CHUKWUKA OGUDO VS THE STATE (2011) 12 SC (PT.1) 71.” Per SAMUEL CHUKWUDUMEBI OSEJI, JSC (Pp 28 – 29 Paras D – A).

OLAYIWOLA v. STATE (2021) LPELR-58288(SC)

“There are three ingredients required to successfully prove the offence of Armed Robbery which are; that there was a robbery or series of robberies, that each robbery was an armed robbery and that the defendant was one of those who committed the offence. See Nwaturuocha v. The State (2011) LPELR-8119 (SC) Pgs. 13-14, Paras. G-B, Bello v. The State (2007) 10 NWLR Pt. 1043 Pg. 564.” Per HELEN MORONKEJI OGUNWUMIJU, JSC (Pp 28 – 28 Paras B – D)

NWOKOCHA v. AG OF IMO STATE (2016) LPELR-40077(SC)

“It is to be noted that the essential ingredients of the offence of armed robbery are: (1) That there was a robbery. (2) That it was an armed robbery. (3) That the accused was the robber or one of the robbers. All the three ingredients must be altogether proved for the offence to be said to have been proved. See Adekoya v. State (2012) MSCJ vol. II p.20 – 21.” Per MARY UKAEGO PETER-ODILI, JSC (Pp 52 – 53 Paras E – A)

OLUGBODE v. STATE (2022) LPELR-58126(CA)

“To secure a conviction for the offence of Armed Robbery, the prosecution must prove the following ingredients by credible evidence: (a) That there was a robbery or series of robberies (b) That the robbery was an armed robbery (c) That the accused participated in the robbery. All the above ingredients must be proved. It is not sufficient that two of the ingredients have been proved leaving one. They all must co-exist for the offence to be proved. See PEDRO VS. STATE (2018) 17 NWLR (PT. 1649)463, BABATUNDE VS. STATE (2018) 17 NWLR (PT. 1649)549, SMART VS. STATE (2016) 9 NWLR (PT. 1516)447 AND EMEKA VS. STATE (2014) 13 NWLR (PT. 1425)614.” Per FOLASADE AYODEJI OJO, JCA (Pp 19 – 19 Paras B – E)

KANGE v. STATE (2021) LPELR-55688(CA)

“It is trite that for a prosecution to secure a conviction for armed robbery, it must establish beyond reasonable doubt the cumulative presence of the following ingredients of the offence: (i) that there was robbery or series of robberies; (ii) that the robbery was an armed robbery carried out with firearms or offensive weapons; and (iii) that the person charged with the offence was one of the robbers or implicated therein. The onus on the prosecution to prove the cumulative presence of the ingredients cannot be compromised in any respect. The onus does not shift at all as it rests squarely on the prosecution throughout the case. Where the prosecution fails to prove any of the ingredients, the offence of armed robbery would not have been established beyond reasonable doubt and the accused person would be entitled to be discharged and acquitted – Dawai Vs State (2018) 5 NWLR (Pt 1613) 499, Orisa Vs State (2018) 11 NWLR (Pt 1631) 453, Amos Vs State (2018) LPELR 44694(SC), John Vs State (2019) LPELR 46936(SC), Ayinde Vs State (2019) LPELR 47835(SC), Iorapuu Vs State (2020) 1 NWLR (Pt 1706) 391.” Per HABEEB ADEWALE OLUMUYIWA ABIRU, JCA (Pp 15 – 16 Paras D – C)

Ingredients of the Offence of Conspiracy

GARGA v. STATE (2022) LPELR-57677(SC)

“The ingredients required by law for the Prosecution to prove the offence of criminal conspiracy under Section 97 (1) of Penal Code are: a) An agreement between two or more persons to do or cause to be done some illegal act or some act which is not illegal by illegal means. b) Where the agreement is other than an agreement to commit an offence that some act besides the agreements was done by one or more of the parties in furtherance of the agreement. c) Specifically, that each of the accused individually participated in the conspiracy. See Yusuf v. FRN (2017) LPELR-43830 (SC) Pg. 26-27, paras. F; State v. Salawu (2012) ALL FWLR Pt. 614 Pg. 30-31; Kayode v. State (2016) LPELR-40028 (SC) Pg. 51-52, paras. F; Eze V. FRN (2017) LPELR-42097 (SC) Pg. 62-63, para. D; Obiakor v State (2002) 6 SC Pt. 11 Pg. 33 at 39-40 and Clark v. The State (1986) 4 NWLR Pt.35 Pg. 381.” Per HELEN MORONKEJI OGUNWUMIJU, JSC (Pp 18 – 19 Paras E – D)

STATE v. FAFURU (2022) LPELR-58482(SC)

“The ingredients of the offence of conspiracy under the Penal Code are as follows: a) An agreement between two or more persons to do or cause to be done some illegal act, or some act which is not illegal by illegal means. b) Where the agreement is other than an agreement to commit an offence, that some acts besides the agreement was done by one or more of the parties in the agreement, and c) Specifically, that each of the accused persons individually participated in the conspiracy. See: Musa v. The State (2016) LPELR-42803 SC; Obiako v. The State (2002) 6 SC (Pt. 11) 33; (2002) LPELR-2168SC.” Per ABDU ABOKI, JSC (Pp 14 – 15 Paras E – B)

ABACHA v. STATE (2002) LPELR-16(SC)

“Finally, the best evidence of conspiracy is usually obtained from one of the conspirators or from inferences. See this court’s remarks in the case of Patrick Njovens & Ors. v. The State (1973) NNLR 76 at page 95: “When it is proposed to give evidence of the happenings inside hell it is only a matter of common sense to call one of the inmates of that place or one whose business is carried out in reasonable propinquity to hell and it must be surprising indeed to find even a lone angel fit and qualified for the assignment. Indeed, it would be preposterous to look for such evidence in other directions. The overt act or omission, which evidence conspiracy is the actus reus and the actus reus of each and every conspirator must be referable and very often is the only proof of the criminal agreement which is called conspiracy. It is not necessary to prove that the conspirators, like those who murdered Julius Caesar, were seen together coming out of the same place at the same time and indeed conspirators need not know each other. See R. v. Meyrick & Ribuff (1929) 21 CAR. 94. They need not all have started the conspiracy at the same time for, conspiracy started by some persons may be joined at a later stage or later stages by others. The gist of the offence of conspiracy is the meeting of the mind of the conspirators. This is hardly capable of direct proof for the offence of conspiracy is complete by the agreement to do the act or make the omission complained about. Hence, conspiracy is a matter of inference from certain criminal acts of the parties concerned done in pursuance of an apparent criminal purpose in common between them and in proof of conspiracy the acts or omissions (and or commissions) of any of the conspirators in furtherance of the common design may be and very often are given in evidence against any other or others of the conspirators.” Per SYLVESTER UMARU ONU, JSC (Pp 78 – 79 Paras E – F)

KAREEM v. STATE (2021) LPELR-58392(SC)

“Sometimes, to prove conspiracy it only takes one of the conspirators to confess to the act or omission and inferences deduced from the evidence that other Defendants also conspired to carry out such an act or omission. See Abacha V. State [2002] SC Pgs. 78-79, Paras. E-F where it was held per Onu JSC that: “conspiracy is a matter of inference from certain criminal acts of the parties concerned done in pursuance of an apparent criminal purpose in common between them and in proof of conspiracy the acts or omissions (and/or commissions) of any of the conspirators in furtherance of the common design may be and very often are given in evidence against any other or others of the conspirators.” Per HELEN MORONKEJI OGUNWUMIJU, JSC (Pp 39 – 40 Paras F – C)

BALOGUN v. STATE (2018) LPELR-44215(SC)

 – Whether it is necessary to prove that conspirators were seen together coming out of the same place at the same time

“It is not necessary to prove that the conspirators were seen coming out from the same place at the same time. Conspirators need not know each other. They also need not have started the conspiracy at the same time. For a conspiracy started by some persons may be joined at a later stage or stages by others. The gist of the offence of conspiracy is the meeting of the mind of the conspirators. See R vs Mevick & Rebuff (1929) 21 CAR 94; Njovens & Ors v. The State (1973) NSCC 257. It is therefore difficult to prove the offence of conspiracy by direct evidence. Conspiracy is a matter of inference from the criminal act of the parties concerned which act is done in pursuance of an apparent criminal purpose. It is therefore the duty of the Court in every case of criminal conspiracy to ascertain as best as it could the evidence of the complexity of any of those charged with the offence. See Daboh & Anor vs The State (1977) 5 SC 222: ERIM vs The State (1994) 4 NWLR (Pt. 346) 535.” Per PAUL ADAMU GALUMJE, JSC (Pp 12 – 13 Paras C – A)

GARBA v. STATE (2020) LPELR-51375(CA)

 – Meaning and ingredients of the offence of conspiracy and how the offence of conspiracy can be inferred; whether evidence of what one accused says in the absence of the other conspirators is admissible against such others

“…The Appellant was also convicted of conspiracy to commit Armed Robbery. “Conspiracy is an agreement of two or more persons to do an act which it is an offence to agree to do” Nwosu Vs State (2004) 15 NWLR pt 897 pg 466, Amachree Vs Nig. Army (2004) 3 NWLR pt 807 pg 256. The ingredients of the offence of conspiracy punishable under Section 97 of the Penal Code are as follows: (a) An agreement between two or more persons to do or cause to be done some illegal act, or same act which is not illegal by illegal means. (b) Where the agreement is other than an agreement to commit an offence, that some acts besides the agreement was done by one or more of the parties in furtherance of the agreement and (c) specifically, that each of the accused persons individually participated in the conspiracy. Abacha Vs Federal Republic of Nigeria (2006) 4 NWLR pt 970 pg 239 Aituma Vs State (2006) 10 NWLR pt 989 pg 452. In this appeal, the Appellant conspired with this gang. He knew the 3rd accused person Jeremiah Stephen who enlisted him to convey their operational gun to the scene of crime. He of course knew what he was enlisted for, to convey the operational gun for a Robbery. There was no evidence that he participated in the actual Robbery. The offence of conspiracy is not defined in the Criminal or Penal Code. Therefore, direct positive evidence of the plot between the co-conspirators is hardly capable of proof. The Courts tackle the offence of conspiracy as a matter of inference to be deduced from certain criminal acts or inaction of the parties concerned. Oduneye Vs The State (2001) 13 WRN pg 88. In this appeal, the Appellant ferried the operational gun through the checkpoints to the scene of crime. Of course he was aware that the gun was not a toy to play with. He knew as a police officer that ferrying the gun across checkpoints was on its own a crime not to think of when it was going to be used for armed robbery. The offence of conspiracy is established once it is shown in evidence that the criminal design alleged is common to all the suspects. Proof of how the suspects are connected with or among themselves is not necessary. As a matter of fact, the conspirators need not know each other. They also need not to have started the conspiracy at the same time. The bottom line of the offence is the meeting of the minds of the conspirators. Nwosu Vs State (supra). The other accused person planned the armed Robbery and enlisted the help of the Appellant to assist them ferry the gun through the police checkpoints. There was from all these snippets of evidence a meeting of the mind of the Appellant with the other accused persons. It is very difficult to prove the offence of conspiracy. It is actually a matter of inference from certain acts of the parties. Consequently, the actual commission of the offence is not necessary to ground a conviction for conspiracy. All that is needed is a meeting of the minds to commit an offence and this meeting of the minds need not be physical.Nwosu Vs the State (2002) 10 NWLR pt 776 pg 612. Daboh Vs State 1977 5 SC pg 197. It is trite law that in a conspiracy proceedings evidence of what one accused says in the absence of the other conspirators is admissible against such others on the basis that if they are all conspirators what one of them say in furtherance of the conspiracy is admissible evidence against them, even though it might have been said in the absence of the other conspirators. This statement of law is thus an exception to the rule of hearsay. Nwosu Vs State (2004) 15 NWLR pt 897 pg 466. The Appellant was part and parcel of the conspiracy and as such was rightly convicted of the offence of Conspiracy to commit armed robbery.” Per UZO IFEYINWA NDUKWE-ANYANWU, JCA (Pp 14 – 17 Paras D – E)

UDO v. STATE (2020) LPELR-49723(CA)

 – How the offence of conspiracy can be inferred

“The gist of the offence of conspiracy is the meeting of the mind of the conspirators. This is hardly capable of direct proof for the offence of conspiracy is complete by the agreement to do the act or make the omission complained about. Hence, conspiracy is a matter of inference from certain criminal acts of the parties concerned done in pursuance of an apparent criminal purpose in common between them and in proof of conspiracy the acts or omissions of any of the conspirators in furtherance of the common design may be and very often are given in evidence against any other or others of the conspirators. It is, therefore, the duty of the Court in every case of conspiracy to ascertain as best as it could the evidence of the complicity of any of those charged with that offence. See COKER J.S.C in NJOVENS VS. THE STATE (1972) LPELR- 2042(SC).” Per YARGATA BYENCHIT NIMPAR, JCA (Pp 20 – 21 Paras C – A)

Proving the Ingredients of an Offence Ingredients of the Offence of Armed Robbery UTTO v. STATE (2021) LPELR-56230(SC) “Now the essential ingredients for the offence of armed robbery have been stated by this Court in a host of authorities. I wish to restate them here as follows:- (1). That these was a robbery (2). That the robbery was an armed

Standard of Proof in Criminal Cases

Relevant Sections of the Evidence Act – Section 135 of the Evidence Act 2011

Synopsis – The standard of proof in criminal cases is now established to be proof beyond reasonable doubt and not proof beyond every shadow of doubt. A pertinent question would be what amounts to proof beyond reasonable doubt? In the case of Miller v Minister of Pensions (1947) 2 All ER 372, Lord Denning said on the nature of proof beyond reasonable doubt, said that; It need not reach certainty, but it must carry a high degree of probability. Proof beyond reasonable doubt does not mean proof beyond the shadow of doubt. The law would fail to protect the community if it admitted fanciful possibilities to deflect the course of justice. If the evidence is so strong against a man as to leave only a remote possibility in his favour which can be dismissed with the sentence, of course, it is possible but not in the least probable the case is proved beyond a reasonable doubt.”

This position has been followed by a plethora of Nigerian cases. Thus, in the case of AKINLOLU v. STATE (2015) LPELR-25986(SC), the Supreme Court described proof beyond reasonable doubt in the following words – “Proof beyond reasonable doubt does not mean proof beyond all doubt, or all shadow of doubt. It simply means establishing the guilt of the accused person with compelling and conclusive evidence. A degree of compulsion which is consistent with a high degree of probability. See Lori & anor v. State 1980 12 NSCC p. 269.” Pp 38 – 38 Paras B – C.

The provision of the law on the standard of proof required in criminal trials must be appreciated against the backdrop of the presumption of innocence of the accused persons (or defendants) as well as the position of the law that mere suspicion is not enough to ground a conviction for an offence.

Decided Cases on the Standard of Proof in Criminal Cases

AJAYI v. STATE (2013) LPELR-19941(SC)

“…the standard of proof in a criminal trial is, proof beyond reasonable doubt. Therefore, it is not enough for the prosecution to suspect a person of having committed a crime, there must be evidence which linked the person accused with the offence alleged.” Per OLUKAYODE ARIWOOLA, JSC (Pp 43 – 43 Paras B – C)

EKPO v. STATE (2018) LPELR-43843(SC)

“Proof beyond reasonable doubt does not mean proof beyond all doubt, or all shadow of doubt. It simply means establishing the guilt of the accused person with compelling and conclusive evidence. As was held by Oputa, JSC in Bakare v The State (1987) 1 NSCC Vol. 18 P.267 at 279, the burden is on the prosecution to prove its case beyond reasonable doubt with emphasis on “reasonable”‘ That not all doubts are reasonable. It was further assessed that reasonable doubt will automatically exclude unreasonable doubt, fanciful doubt, imaginary doubt and speculative doubt i.e. a doubt not borne out by the facts and surrounding circumstances of the case. Reasonable doubt does not eliminate the possibility of any doubts whatsoever, including remote possibilities as was expressed by Denning J in Miller v Minister of Pensions (1947) 2 All ER 373 as follows:- “The law will fail to protect the community if it admitted fanciful possibilities to deflect the course of justice. If the evidence is so strong as to leave only a remote possibility in his favour which can be dismissed with one sentence – ‘of course it is possible but not in the least probable’ the case is proved beyond reasonable doubt. See also Nwaturuocha v the State (2011) LPELR – 8119 (SC), (2011) 6 NWLR (Pt.1242) 170, Akinlolu v The State (2015) LPELR – 25986 (SC).” Per JOHN INYANG OKORO, JSC (Pp 18 – 19 Paras B – B)

ENEBELI v. STATE (2021) LPELR-54990(SC)

“The law has crystalized in our criminal jurisprudence that an accused person is presumed innocent until he or she is proved guilty. The prosecution is saddled with the burden of proving the guilt of the accused person and the standard of such proof in criminal cases or trial is proof beyond reasonable doubt. See JOSEPH ORUNGU & ORS VS THE STATE (1970) LPELR- 2780 (SC). See Section 135 of the Evidence Act 2011 (as amended) and also Section 138 of the same Evidence Act which makes provision for the standard of proof.” Per ADAMU JAURO, JSC (Pp 16 – 16 Paras D – F)

NWATURUOCHA v. STATE (2011) LPELR-8119(SC)

“It is trite law that it is not the duty of an accused to prove his innocence as a matter of law, there is always a presumption of innocence in favour of an accused. The standard of proof in a criminal trial is proof beyond reasonable doubt. It is not enough for the prosecution to suspect a person of having committed a criminal offence, there must be evidence which identified the person accused with the offence. However proof beyond reasonable doubt does not mean proof beyond shadow of doubt. Aigbadion v. State (2000) 4SC Pt.1 pg.1, Agbe v. State (2006) 6 NWLR pt. 977 pg.545, Section 138 of the Evidence Act Cap 112 Laws of the Federation 1990, Akinyemi v. State (1999) 6 NWLR pt.607 pg.449, Alonge v. I.G.P. (1959) SCNLR pt.576.” Per OLUFUNLOLA OYELOLA ADEKEYE, JSC (Pp 15 – 15 Paras B – F).

Burden of Proof in Criminal Matters

Relevant Section of the Evidence Act – Sections 135 and 139 of the Evidence Act 2011

IORHEM v. STATE (2017) LPELR-43631(CA)

“In a criminal trial, the burden of proof lies throughout upon the prosecution to establish the guilt of the accused person beyond reasonable doubt. The burden never shifts. Even where the accused person in his statement to the police admitted committing the offence, the prosecution is not relieved of the burden. Failure to discharge this burden renders the benefit of doubt in favour of the accused so that a wrong person may not be convicted for an offence he never committed. See People of Lagos State V. Umaru (2014) 3 SCNJ 114 at 137 and Igabele V. The State (2006) 6 NWLR (Pt. 975) 100.” Per JAMES SHEHU ABIRIYI, JCA (Pp 29 – 30 Paras D – A)

OMOREGIE v. STATE (2017) LPELR-42466(SC)

“The Law is settled that in criminal cases, the burden of proof that the accused committed the offence for which he is charged lies squarely on the prosecution, who must prove its case beyond reasonable doubt and a general duty to rebut the presumption of innocence constitutionally guaranteed to the accused person. This burden never shifts. See Section 36(5) of the 1999 Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria, Section 135(2) of the Evidence Act, Alabi v The State (1993) 7 NWLR (Pt.307) 511 8t 531 paras A-C, Solola v The State (2005) 5 SC (Pt.1) 135.” Per PAUL ADAMU GALUMJE, JSC (Pp 22 – 23 Paras F – C)

ADEKOYA v. STATE (2012) LPELR-7815(SC)

“The fundamental aspect of burden of proof in criminal trials is the presumption of innocence in favour of an accused. It is entrenched in Section 36(5) of the 1999 Constitution that “Every person who is charged with a criminal offence shall be presumed to be innocent until he is proved guilty.” The Evidence Act Section 138(1) Laws of the Federation 2004 (Now Section 135(1) of the Evidence Act 2011) however stipulates that: “If the commission of a crime by a party to any proceeding is directly in issue in any proceeding civil or criminal, it must be proved beyond reasonable doubt.” Under our criminal law, it is not the duty of an accused to prove his innocence. The standard of proof in a criminal trial is proof beyond reasonable doubt. Which demands that it is not enough for the prosecution to suspect a person of having committed a criminal offence? There must be evidence which identified the person accused with the offence. The consequences of presumption of innocence in favour of an accused person are that the burden placed on the prosecution to prove the guilt of an accused person beyond reasonable doubt must be satisfied. Any slightest doubt raised by an accused person shall lead the Court to resolve this doubt in favour of an accused. Igabele v. State (2006) 6 NWLR (pt.975) pg.100, Agbo v. State (2006) 6 NWLR (pt.977) pg.545, Aigbadion v. State (2000) 4 SC (pt.1) pg.15.” Per OLUFUNLOLA OYELOLA ADEKEYE, JSC (Pp 28 – 29 Paras D – B)

OWOLABI v. STATE (2018) LPELR-46031(CA)

“In criminal trial, the burden of proving the guilt of the accused person is on the prosecution to establish his guilt beyond reasonable doubt and it never shifts. ANI V STATE (2003) 11 NWLR (PT. 830) PG. 142, IFEJIRIKA V STATE (1999) 3 NWLR (PT. 593) PG. 59, IGABELE V STATE (SUPRA).” Per UZO IFEYINWA NDUKWE-ANYANWU, JCA (Pp 25 – 26 Paras F – A)

Mens Rea and Actus Reus

Need to Prove Mens Rea and Actus Reus

LIMAN v. STATE (2016) LPELR-40260(CA)

“It is also trite that criminal responsibility for the commission of a crime is premised on the satisfactory proof of the two pillars of actus reus and mens rea, the doing of the act that constitutes the offence and the requisite mental capacity and the duty is always on the prosecution to prove the commission of a crime by proving the act done and the requisite guilty mind of the accused person beyond reasonable doubt. In other words, in a criminal trial, before an accused person is asked to undergo any sort of sentence, there must be a finding by the trial Court on the concurrence of the two main elements of any crime; that is, the actus reus and the mens rea. Actus reus is taken to be the wrongful deed that comprises the physical components of a crime and that generally must be coupled with mens rea. Mens rea is the criminal intent or guilty mind of the accused. For the prosecution to establish a criminal act against an accused person, it must go beyond establishing the commission of the unlawful criminal act by the accused and establish that the accused had the correct legal criminal mind of committing the act. The two must co-exist, whether explicitly or by necessary implication – Njoku Vs State (2013) 2 NWLR (Pt 1339) 548.” Per HABEEB ADEWALE OLUMUYIWA ABIRU, JCA (Pp 12 – 13 Paras E – D)

ABUBAKAR v. FRN (2022) LPELR-58650(CA)

In every criminal trial, the basic components that must be established by the prosecution are actus reus and mens rea. That is, the doing of the act or omission complained of and the guilty mind that procured the act or omission. That means, apart from doing the act (in this case, issuing a dud cheque), there must also be the requisite intention to deceive, cheat, swindle or defraud the recipient of the cheque and deny him of the value accrued to the cheque, after enjoying that corresponding value (by the person who issued the cheque). The legal principle of actus reus and men rea are well defined. See the cases of Eze Vs The State (2017) LPELR-42006 CA: “To establish criminal responsibility, there must be mens-rea – criminal knowledge or intention to commit the offence, to support the actus reus – the actual act. Aminu Tanko Vs The State (2009) 4 NWLR (pt.1131) 430; Okewu Vs FRN (2012) LPELR 7834 (SC).” See also Idagu Vs The State (2018) LPELR-44343 (SC): “It is a fundamental principle of criminal law that a crime consists of both a mental and a physical element. Mens rea, a person’s awareness that his or her conduct is criminal, is the mental element, and actus reus, the act itself is the physical element. The concept of mens rea, which is Law Latin for “guilty mind”, developed in England around the year 1600, when Judges began to hold that an act alone could not create criminal liability unless it was accompanied by a guilty state of mind. The degree of mens rea required for a particular common law crime varied then. In other words, mens rea is a criminal intention or knowledge that an act is wrong, and today most of the crimes are defined by statutes that generally contains a word or phrase indicating the mens rea requirement. Thus, a typical statute may require that a person act knowingly, purposely or recklessly – see legal-dictionary.thefreedictionary.com. In this case, the Appellant was charged with the offence of murder contrary to Section 316 of the Criminal Code applicable in Ondo State, and the Prosecution was expected to prove beyond reasonable doubt that the alleged act was intentional with the knowledge that death or grievous bodily harm was a probable consequence – Akinfe V. State (1988) 3 NWLR (Pt. 85) 729.” Per AUGIE, JSC” Per ITA GEORGE MBABA, JCA (Pp 17 – 19 Paras B – A)

ONYA v. STATE (2019) LPELR-48500(CA)

“The law presumes that a man intends the natural and probable consequences of his acts and that the test to be applied to the circumstances is the objective as opposed to subjective test of what a reasonable man in the street would contemplate as the probable result of his acts. In the instant case, would a reasonable man contemplate the murder of the deceased? In other words, can intention to murder the deceased be inferred from the facts and circumstances of the case? I do not think so. There was no evidence of intention by the appellant to kill the deceased or caused him any grievous harm. In the circumstances of this case, I am of the view that it was not enough for the prosecution to prove that the appellant was one of the youths that invaded the deceased’s house. It was necessary for the prosecution to prove beyond reasonable doubt that the appellant embarked on the act which resulted in the murder of the deceased with a culpable state of mind which in my view the prosecution failed to do. See BOLANLE ABEKE V. THE STATE (2007) LPELR- 31 (SC) AT 18 B-F) where the Supreme Court per TOBI,JSC held that: “I entirely agree with the appellant that to convict on the above subsection, the prosecution must prove that the accused had mens rea and actus reus. Put in common simple parlance, mens rea means a guilty mind. And actus reus means a guilty act. In cases of strict liability, mens rea comes before actus reus. In other words, the accused develops the guilty mind before guiIty act. Put in another language, the guilty mind instigates the guilty act or flows into the guilty act. The period of time between the two cannot be determined in vacuo but in relation to the factual situation in each case dictated by the state of criminality of the accused at the material time. There are instances where the mens rea is automatically followed by the actus reus. The above element of proximity apart, there could be instances of spontaneity too.”  Per MISITURA OMODERE BOLAJI-YUSUFF, JCA (Pp 24 – 27 Paras C – C

TAIWO v. FRN (2019) LPELR-47635(CA)

“Except in cases of strict liability, offences in the Criminal Law are structured to comprise of two parts – a physical part and a mental part, the physical part or actus reus means the whole definition of the crime with the exception of the mental element; See Glanville William Criminal Law 18. See also Okonkwo and Naish Criminal Law in Nigeria 45. There is also the mental element because the law does not ordinarily punish mere intention until it merges into the physical act. It is expressed as “actus non facit reum nisi men sit red’, the act does not constitute a crime unless accompanied by a guilty mind. Every offence is defined by its ingredients or elements. In this appeal, one element of the offence under Section 26 (2) of the Trafficking In Persons Act is “to obtain financial benefit” i.e. an inducement in the alleged trafficker to obtain financial benefit. This can be proved by showing a financial consideration at any stage. It must not be presumed as the trial Judge did in this case. One cannot say “she probably committed the offence as she couldn’t have done it nothing”. Pecuniary benefit in the real sense must be proved. The law is that the prosecution is bound to prove its case beyond reasonable doubt and in doing so must prove all elements of the offence physical and mental. R V. LAWRENCE (1933) 11 NLR 6; 1933 AC 699; R V. ADAMU (1944) 10 WACA 161 SECTION 135 OF THE EVIDENCE ACT 2011. A trial Court would be asking questions such as the following: i. What was paid to the defendant/appellant and why? ii. Can financial proof be established by circumstantial evidence? iii. In what pecuniary way was the defendant/appellant induced? iv. What if the intendment of the defendant/appellant was just to help the mother of Abike have normal and lawful custody of her natural child? v. Is it forbidden by any law for Abike to rejoin her mother in London? The trial Court failed in all these inquiry. The trial Judge acted on her own conjecture and not evidence. The lead judgment in this appeal by my Lord Folasade Ayodeji Ojo, JCA has demonstrated the futility of such conjecture. The stream of the Criminal Law must be kept pure and devoid of all subjectivity. Judges must look beyond the parties in cases before them.” Per NONYEREM OKORONKWO, JCA (Pp 28 – 30 Paras F – E).

STEPHEN v. STATE (2008) LPELR-8360(CA)

“It is imperative to state that the offence of being in an unlawful possession of firearms does not require proof of mens res and actus reus as contended by the Appellant’s Counsel. It is a strict liability offence. The elements do not contain the need for criminal intent or mens rea. Once a person has knowingly taken possession of an article and it remains within his control, he continues in possession of it. So long as the appellant did not come into possession of the weapon in accordance with the Act or any order made thereunder, it can never be argued that his intentions were entirely lawful. It is not necessarily a reasonable excuse that the weapon is carried only for self-defence. One, who is under constant threat, it is said, must resort to the police. He commits an offence if he regularly goes out armed for self-defence. Thus, in Bradley V. Moss (1974) Crim. LR 430, DC: Pittard V. Mahoney (1977) Crim. LR 169, Grieve V. Macleod (1967) SCT 70, it was held that there was no excuse for carrying an ironbar though D had reasonable cause to fear and did fear that he would be violently attacked and intended to use the bar for defence only, and, that, it was not reasonable for an Edinburgh taxi-driver to carry two feet of rubber hose with a piece of metal inserted at one end, though he does so for defence against violent passengers whom taxi drivers sometimes encounter at night. See Smith & Hogan Criminal Law, 10th Edition (2002) p. 461-462. In Olatunji’s case, it was because grenade was not covered by the definition of firearm, that a ballistician was held to have been needed to establish whether the grenade was a firearm or not.” Per THERESA NGOLIKA ORJI-ABADUA, JCA (Pp 16 – 18 Paras E – A).

EGWU v. STATE (2019) LPELR-48499(CA)

“The question is whether the appellant had the mens rea, that is the intention to commit murder or serious bodily harm necessary to convict him for murder. From the entire evidence on record, it is clear that the only intention of sending the task force to bring those not at the meeting was to mobilize the youths for the meeting. I do not think it can reasonable be argued that the appellant had the slightest criminal intent or could have foreseen the murder of the deceased as the consequence of trying to mobilize the youths to attend a meeting. The law presumes that a man intends the natural and probable consequences of his acts and that the test to be applied to the circumstances is objective as opposed to subjective test of what a reasonable man in the street would contemplate as the probable result of his acts. In the instant case, would a reasonable man contemplate the murder of the deceased? In other words, can intention to murder the deceased be inferred from the facts and circumstances of the case? I do not think so. There was no evidence of intention by the appellant to kill the deceased or caused him any grievous harm. In the circumstances of this case, I am of the view that it was not enough for the prosecution to prove that the appellant was the one that sent the task force and/or the youths to the deceased’s house. It was necessary for the prosecution to prove beyond reasonable doubt that the appellant embarked on the act which resulted in the murder of the deceased with a culpable state of mind which in my view the prosecution failed to do. See BOLANLE ABEKE V. THE STATE (2007) LPELR- 31 (SC) AT 18 B-F) where the Supreme Court per TOBI, JSC held that: “I entirely agree with the appellant that to convict on the above subsection, the prosecution must prove that the accused had mens rea and actus reus. Put in common simple parlance, mens rea means a guilty mind. And actus reus means a guilty act. In cases of strict liability, mens rea comes before actus reus. In other words, the accused develops the guilty mind before guiIty act. Put in another language, the guilty mind instigates the guilty act or flows into the guilty act. The period of time between the two cannot be determined in vacuo but in relation to the factual situation in each case dictated by the state of criminality of the accused at the material time. There are instances where the mens rea is automatically followed by the actus reus. The above element of proximity apart, there could be instances of spontaneity too.” In NJOKU & ORS. V.THE STATE (2012) LPELR-20608(SC) AT 21-22 (F-E), the Supreme Court per Onoghen JSC held that: “it is elementary in criminal trial that before an accused person is asked to undergo any sort of sentence, there must be a finding by the trial Court on the concurrence of the two main elements of any crime that is the ACTUS REUS and the MENS REA. ACTUS REUS is taken to be the wrongful deed that comprises the physical components of a crime and that generally must be coupled with MENS REA. MENS REA is the criminal intent or guilty mind of the accused. For the prosecution to establish a criminal act against an accused person, it must go beyond establishing the commission of the unlawful criminal act by the accused but must establish that the accused has the correct legal (criminal) mind of committing the act. The two must co-exist whether explicitly or by necessary implication. In their interplay of words/phrases reflected in their book: ‘Criminal Law 831’, 3rd edition 1982, Rollin M. Perkins and Ronald N. Boyce, stated that: “The actus reus is essential to crime but is not sufficient for this purpose without the necessary mens rea, just as mens rea is essential to crime but is insufficient without the necessary actus reus.” It is clear to me from the entire evidence on record that the prosecution failed to prove the appellant had the necessary mens rea or criminal intent to murder the deceased.” Per MISITURA OMODERE BOLAJI-YUSUFF, JCA (Pp 24 – 28 Paras D – A)

STATE v. KALIB (2021) LPELR-56084(CA)

“…for a person to be held liable for a criminal offence there must be present the physical and mental elements of the offence which in legal parlance is referred to as the actus reus and the mens rea. Except in strict liability offences, no person will be convicted for a criminal offence if either the actus reus or mens rea is missing. This is an established principle of law. In proving its case beyond reasonable doubt, the prosecution is expected to prove both aspect of the offence. See Taiwo vs FRN (2019) LPELR-47635 (CA). In Olufemi Babalola & Ors vs The State (1989) 7 SC (pt 1) 94, the apex Court per Oputa, JSC of blessed memory drove home this point in these words: “It is not necessary here to go into remote history of mens rea except to say that in common law offences, there are always present two essential elements:- (a) a guilty conduct and (b) a mind at fault. It was the great St. Augustine who once remarked that “ream linguam non facit nisi mens rea”. Probably from there, the legalists got the now popular latin maxim – actus non facitreum nisi mens sit rea. No man, (including the 1st appellant), should according to this maxim be convicted of a crime unless his physical conduct, (the actus) is accompanied with a guilty mental element a mind of fault, a mens rea. The intent and the act must both concur to constitute the crime:- Fowler v. Padget (1997) 7 T. R. 509 at p. 514. And as Stephen J., observed in R. v. Tolson (1889) 23 Q.B.D. 168 at p. 187:- “The full definition of every crime contains expressly or by implication a proposition as to the state of mind.” Per EBIOWEI TOBI, JCA (Pp 11 – 12 Paras B – E)

Proving the Ingredients of an Offence

TEMITAYO v. STATE OF EKITI (2021) LPELR-56039(CA)

“The ingredients of any offence are always discernable from the language used by the legislature in providing for the offence. See the case of ROLAND VS. FRN (2018) LPELR-43686 (CA) where this Court held on page 32, paragraph B, that: It is settled law that the ingredients of an offence are embedded in the words employed by the statute creating the offence and it will not be proper to import words, which the lawmaker did not use in order to ascertain the ingredients of the offence.” Per BALKISU BELLO ALIYU, JCA (Pp 21 – 21 Paras B – D)

ROLAND v. FRN (2018) LPELR-43686(CA)

“It is settled law that the ingredients of an offence are embedded in the words employed by the statute creating the offence and it will not be proper to import words which the lawmaker did not use in order to ascertain the ingredients of the offence.” Per UGOCHUKWU ANTHONY OGAKWU, JCA (Pp 32 – 32 Paras B – D)

TAIWO v. FRN (2019) LPELR-47635(CA)

“Having failed to establish that the Appellant benefited financially or materially from the deal, a consideration of proof of the other ingredients of the offence under Section 26(2) (Supra) has become unnecessary. Failure of the prosecution to establish one of the ingredients of the offence is sufficient to defeat the entire prosecution. In other words, failure to prove one essential ingredient of an offence is sufficient to find the case of the prosecution not proved beyond reasonable doubt.” Per FOLASADE AYODEJI OJO, JCA (Pp 25 – 26 Paras F – B)

FRN v. TALAL (2022) LPELR-57088(CA)

“I hold that the learned trial Judge was right when he held that the prosecution did not prove that the pretence or representation made to PW1 was false. Having found as above, it is not necessary to proceed to pronounce on the next element of the offence, which is, whether the Accused/Respondent made the pretence or representation with the intention to defraud. This is because, as stated on the onset of this Judgment, the prosecution have the onerous duty to establish every ingredient of the offence charged, otherwise they would have failed to prove the offence beyond reasonable doubt. In other words, once any one of the essential elements of the offence are not proved, it would mean that the charge has not been proved beyond reasonable doubt, and the accused will be entitled to an acquittal. See Alabi v. The State (1993) 7 NWLR (Pt. 307) 511; Darlington v. FRN (2018) 11 NWLR (Pt. 1629) 152 and Kassim v. State (2017) LPELR-42586 (SC). See also Ameh v. State (2018) 12 NWLR (Pt. 1632) 99 and Aliu v. State (2015) 2 NWLR (Pt.1442) 51. Thus, in Nwaturuocha v. State (2011) 6 NWLR (Pt. 1242) 170, the Supreme Court, per Adekeye, JSC said: “In the process of establishing the guilt of an accused, the prosecution has to prove all the essential elements of an offence as contained in the charge. While discharging the responsibility of proving all the ingredients of the offence vital witnesses must be called to testify during the proceedings. Before a trial Court comes to the conclusion that an offence had been committed by an accused person, the Court must look for the ingredients of the offence and ascertain critically that acts of the accused comes within the confines of the particulars of the offence charged …” It follows therefore that, were the Court finds that an essential element of the offence charged has not been proved, it would mean that the prosecution failed to prove the essential ingredients of the offence beyond reasonable doubt and the Appellant would be entitled to an acquittal. See Ibrahim v. State (2015) LPELR-40833 (SC); Okoro v. State (1988) 5 NWLR (Pt. 94) 255 and Shehu v. State (2010) 8 NWLR (Pt. 1195) 112. I therefore hold that, for failing to prove that the pretence or representation made to the Accused/Respondent was false, an essential ingredient of the offence charged has not been proved beyond reasonable doubt.” Per HARUNA SIMON TSAMMANI, JCA (Pp 31 – 33 Paras B – B)

Ingredients of the offence of Armed Robbery

MABA v. STATE (2020) LPELR-52017(SC)

“All the ingredients of the offence charged must be established or proved in order to obtain a conviction. Failure to prove any the ingredients of the offence charged, the accused is entitled to acquittal by the trial or appellate Court. In a charge of armed robbery, the prosecution is expected to prove beyond reasonable doubt, the undermentioned elements, namely- (I) that there was a robbery, (II) that the robbers or any of them was armed at the time of the robbery; and (III) that the accused person or persons was/were the armed robber(s). All the above ingredients must co-exist. In other words, if any one or more of these ingredients has not been proved; then the offence fell short of being proved beyond reasonable doubt and therefore the Court must discharge and acquit the accused person of the offence of armed robbery. See Per Sanusi, JSC in Ugboji v. State (2017) LPELR-43427 (SC).” Per UWANI MUSA ABBA AJI, JSC (Pp 36 – 37 Paras C – A)

Cont’d

Standard of Proof in Criminal Cases Relevant Sections of the Evidence Act – Section 135 of the Evidence Act 2011 Synopsis – The standard of proof in criminal cases is now established to be proof beyond reasonable doubt and not proof beyond every shadow of doubt. A pertinent question would be what amounts to proof beyond reasonable doubt? In the

Written by Carrington Omokaro, Esq

An averment in a statement of defence which states “The defendant denies paragraph _ and puts l NJ the plaintiff to the strictest proof” or “The defendant is not in a position to admit or deny _ and will at the trial put the plaintiff to proof”, amounts to an insufficient denial. Such averment does not deny the facts sufficiently enough to raise any issue in respect of the said facts. Where there is no issue the question of burden of proof does not arise. – Lewis & Peat (N.R.I) Ltd v. A.E Akhimien (1976) 7 SC 157

Explanation

In the case earlier cited, the Appellant as plaintiff in his statement of claim averred

1️⃣. The Plaintiffs are a trading company registered in Nigeria with their Headquarters in Ogbarefe in the Midwestern State.

2️⃣The Plaintiffs buy rubber lumps and process them for export

The Respondent as defendant at the trial court in paragraph 3 of the statement of defence stated The defendant is not in a position to admit or deny paragraphs 1 & 2 of the statement of claim and would put the Plaintiffs to the strictest proof thereof.

During address, learned counsel for the respondent for the first time raised the question of capacity of the appellants to sue. He submitted that there was “no legal person before the court as there is no averment that the plaintiff is a legal person.” Continuing his submissions he pointed out that no certificate of incorporation of the appellants’ company was exhibited at the trial and that in the circumstances the appellants could neither sue nor be sued. The learned trial Judge in a considered judgment held that the appellants having failed to establish their corporate personality could not maintain the claim which must be dismissed. The trial Judge further stated that “_When the corporate existence of plaintiff was impugned by the defendant, it became necessary for the plaintiff to adduce evidence in proof thereof of the fact of incorporation. Oral assertion by a junior employee of the company is not enough. The certificate of incorporation or registration under the Companies Act…………………….. should be tendered or evidence of its non-existence given

On Appeal to the Supreme Court, the Apex Court in allowing the Appeal stated

“If a defendant refuses to admit a particular allegation in the statement of claim, he must state so specifically; and he does not do this satisfactorily by pleading thus: “defendant is not in a position to admit or deny (the particular allegation in the statement of claim) and will at the trial put the plaintiff to proof”. As was held in Harris v. Gamble (1878) 7 Ch D 877. A plea that “defendant puts plaintiffs to proof” amounts to insufficient denial…We are, therefore, of the opinion that paragraph 3 of the Statement of Defence did not deny the facts alleged in paragraphs 1 & 3 of the Statement of Claim sufficiently enough to raise any issue in respect of the facts”.

Written by Carrington Omokaro, Esq An averment in a statement of defence which states “The defendant denies paragraph _ and puts l NJ the plaintiff to the strictest proof” or “The defendant is not in a position to admit or deny _ and will at the trial put the plaintiff to proof”, amounts to an insufficient denial. Such averment does

Written by Carrington Omokaro, Esq

  1. ISSUE ESTOPPEL
    Illustration

Making reference to a land dispute, Mr. A sues Mr. B in 2012 asking the court to declare him the owner of the land in dispute. Mr B did not counter-claim. The court eventually holds that Mr. A has failed to prove title to land. Mind you, Mr. B did not counterclaim, so the fact that Mr A’s claim was dismissed, does not make him the owner.

What then happens if Mr. A refuses to give up possession ? Should Mr. B take the laws into his hand and kick Mr A out, No !. Should he also wait for Mr. A to file another action, so that he (Mr. B) can raise res judicate…No!
Mr. B can now institute an action against Mr. A to prove his own title and in his statement of claim(i.e Mr. B’s), he will then plead the earlier decision as Issue Estoppel (I.e to establish the fact that Mr. A (Claimant in the previous suit, now defendant in the subsequent suit) is estopped from pleading any fact in his statement of defence towards establishing title. Hence, Mr. A will be estopped from leading evidence as regards title.

2️⃣ RES JUDICATA
It is only used as a defence and when raised, it robs the court of jurisdiction. This is why a Claimant cannot raise Res judicata because he cannot be validly seen to raise a plea that oust the court from entertaining his own suit.
It gives the impression that the claimant in the instant suit had judgment delivered against him or that the claimant’s claim had earlier been dismissed.
Illustration
Using same scenario as stated in the preceding paragraph… If Mr. A had successfully proved title, then Mr. B ought not to be in the land. However, assuming Mr. B decides to institute an action against Mr. A who had earlier gotten judgment in his favour, then Mr. A who will now be the defendant in the subsequent action can raise the defence of RES JUDICATA which operates not only against the party whom it affects(Mr. B), but also against the jurisdiction of the court itself. The party
affected (Mr. B) is estopped per rem judicatam from bringing a fresh claim before the court. At the same time, the Jurisdiction of the court to hear such
claim is ousted.” This is because the court having previously made a pronouncement on that claim between both parties in the previous suit is functus officio

UKAEGBU & ORS vs. UGOJI & ORS (1991) 6 NWLR (Pt. 196) 127

Written by Carrington Omokaro, Esq Making reference to a land dispute, Mr. A sues Mr. B in 2012 asking the court to declare him the owner of the land in dispute. Mr B did not counter-claim. The court eventually holds that Mr. A has failed to prove title to land. Mind you, Mr. B did not counterclaim, so the fact

Duty of A Claimant in An Action for Declaration of Title to Land

In a civil action where a Claimant seeks a declaration from the Court that title to a piece or parcel of land belongs to him, the law has placed some duties which the Claimant must satisfy if his case is to succeed.

Claimant’s Duty to Show the extent of land claimed

The first duty of any claimant in an action for title to land is to show exactly and precisely a defined and identifiable area to which his claim relates. If the claimant fails on this first hurdle no further questions need arise. His case will stand dismissed.

APPLICABLE CASES;

IYAJI v. EYIGEBE (1987) LPELR-1571(SC)

“…the first duty of any claimant of title to land is to show exactly and precisely a defined and identifiable area to which his claim relates, Akinala Baruwa v. Ogunshola (1938) 4 W.A.C.A. 159. If the claimant fails on this first hurdle no further questions need arise. His case will stand dismissed. Even if, as was observed by the Area Court Grade II Ajaka and apparently approved by the Court of Appeal that:- “the land in dispute is within the land of plaintiff, Ajaka-ate, and within Ikare Anama” (the land of the Defendant). It was still the duty of the plaintiff/claimant to show clearly the precise boundaries separating his holding which he calls Ajaka-ate and the Defendant’s undisputed land known as Ikare Anama. If he fails to do this (as was certainly the case in this appeal) there again he will have his case dismissed by the trial Court and if he appeals an appellate Court is also bound to dismiss his appeal for failure to establish precise boundaries especially on the side in dispute where the lands of the parties are contiguous. Udofia & anor. v. Afia & ors. (1940) 6 W.A.C.A. 216 : Udekwe Amata v. Udogu Modekwe (1954) 14 W.A.C.A. 580 : Vincent Okorie & Ors. v. Philip Udom & Ors. (1900) 5 F.S.C,162.” Per CHUKWUDIFU AKUNNE OPUTA, JSC (Pp 11 – 12 Paras F – E)

UKAEGBU & ORS v. NWOLOLO (2009) LPELR-3337(SC)

“Now, it is firmly settled that normally, the first duty of any claimant of title to land, is to show exactly and precisely, a defined and identifiable area to which the claim relates. So said this court in the case of Musa Iyaji v. Sule Ejigebe (1987) 3 NWLR (pt.61) 523 @ 529; (1987) 7 SCNJ. 148 – per Oputa, JSC, citing the case of Akinola Baruwa v. Ogunshola (1938) 4 WACA 159. That if a claimant fails on the first hurdle, no further question need arise. That his case will stand dismissed. The cases of Udofia & anor. v. Afia & ors. (1940) 6 WACA 216; Udekwe Amata v. Udogu Modekwe (1954) 14 WACA 580 and Vincent Okorie & ors. v. Philip Udom & ors. (1960) 5 FSC. 162 were also referred to.” Per IKECHI FRANCIS OGBUAGU, JSC (Pp 42 – 42 Paras B – F)

ARCHIBONG & ORS v. ITA & ORS (2004) LPELR-535(SC)

“…one of the primary duties of a party who seeks declaration of title to land is to establish the identity of the land. See Agbonifo v. Aiwereoba (1988) 1 NWLR (Pt.70) 325; Baruwa v. Ogunshola (1938) 4 WACA 159 where it was held that where there is a doubt as to identity of the land, it behoves the claimant to file a plan – See also Makanjuola v. Balogun (1989) 3 NWLR (Pt.108) 192.” Per SYLVESTER UMARU ONU, JSC (Pp 42 – 42 Paras C – E)

OKOCHI & ORS v. ANIMKWOI & ORS (2003) LPELR-2455(SC)

“In an action for declaration of title to land, it is the plaintiff’s first duty to prove the area over which he claims with certainty and precision. See Baruwa v. Ogunsola (1938) 4 WACA 159 and Udeze v. Chidebe (1990) 1 NWLR (Pt.125) 141. Where a plaintiff fails to lead satisfactory evidence of boundaries to the land in dispute which he claims, the action must fail. See Aboyeji v. Momoh (1994) 4 NWLR (Pt.341) 646. In an action for declaration of title to land when the boundary is in dispute, the duty of the plaintiff is to prove by evidence the identity of the land he claims. In doing so, he must prove with certainty the boundaries of the land in dispute.” Per NIKI TOBI, JSC (Pp 12 – 12 Paras C – E)

Duty to show how the land was acquired (the mode of acquisition of his title)

AJIBOYE v. ISHOLA (2006) LPELR-301(SC)

“It is however the duty of the plaintiff in an action for declaration of title to land to adduce sufficient and credible evidence to establish the mode of acquisition of his title and the law is that the said plaintiff must succeed on the strength of his own case and not on the weakness of the defence, although the plaintiff may take advantage of the defendant’s evidence where it supports his case – see Onwugbufor v. Okoye (1996) 1 NWLR (Pt.424) 252.” Per WALTER SAMUEL NKANU ONNOGHEN, JSC (Pp 28 – 28 Paras A – B)

OWAKAH v. RSHPDA & ANOR (2022) LPELR-57950(SC)

“The law is settled that to succeed in a case of declaration of title to land, a party must plead and prove the method by which he acquired the said title, ownership of land cannot be claimed by a party without establishing ownership. See FASORO VS BEYIOKU (1988) 2 NWLR (Pt 76) 263, NWOFOR VS NWOSU (1992) 9 NWLR (Pt 264) 229, ONWUGBUFOR V. OKOYE (1996) 1 NWLR (Pt 424) 2521 UNITED BANK FOR AFRICA PLC V. AYINKE (2000) 7 NWLR (Pt 663) 831, OYENEYIN V. AKINKUGBE (2010) 4 NWLR (Pt. 1184) 265. A claimant must satisfy the Court on the following: (a) the precise nature of the title claimed, that is to say, whether it is title by virtue of original ownership, customary grant, conveyance, sale under customary law, long possession, or otherwise; and (b) evidence establishing the nature of the title claimed. See OBAWOLE V. COKER (1994) 5 NWLR (Pt 345) 4161, ADESANYA V. ADERONMU (2000) 9 NWLR (Pt 672) 370 at 3821, EDOHOEKET V. INYANG (2010) 7 NWLR (Pt 1192) 251, OBINECHE VS AKUSOBI (2010) 12 NWLR (Pt 1208) 383.” Per TIJJANI ABUBAKAR, JSC (Pp 20 – 21 Paras D – C)

BIG JOE VENTURES LTD v. IMALELE (2022) LPELR-57989(CA)

“it is the duty of the Plaintiff in an action for declaration of title to land to adduce sufficient and credible evidence to establish the mode of acquisition of his title and the law is that the said Plaintiff must succeed on the strength of his own case and not on the weakness of the defence, although the Plaintiff may take advantage of the Defendant’s evidence where it supports his case. See: Onwugbufor V. Okoye (1996) 1 NWLR (Pt.424) 252; MEMUDU AJIBOYE V. ALHAJI OLOYEDE ISHOLA (2006) LPELR-301(SC).” Per UCHECHUKWU ONYEMENAM, JCA (Pp 9 – 9 Paras A – C)

DIKE & ORS v. OKOLOEDO & ORS (1999) LPELR-946(SC)

SAMUEL v. WAZIRI & ORS (2016) LPELR-40313(CA)

“Therefore in an action for declaration of title to land, what the claimant was required to prove in order to succeed, are: 1. To ascertain the identity of the land to which his claim relates and prove it,2. Second, He must plead and establish the root of his title.As regards the issues of the proof of the identity of the land in question, the Apex Court in Dada V. Dosunmu (2006) 18 NWLR (Pt. 1010) 134 held that: “The plaintiff must first and foremost plead and prove clearly the area of the land to which his claim relates and boundaries thereof and if the location and size of the land is in issue, the Plaintiff must prove the exact location and the area being claimed…” The Supreme Court also held in Gbadamosi V. Dairo (2007) 3 NWLR (Pt. 10250 282, 300 that: “The issue of the identity of the land in an action for declaration of title to land is very fundamental. The Onus is on the Plaintiff seeking the declaration to establish the precise identity of the land he is seeking the declaration. See for example Ezukwu Vs. Ukachukwu (2004) 17 NWLR (Pt. 009) 227; Iordye V. Ihyambe (2000) 15 NWLR (Pt. 692) 675. But where the area of land in dispute is well known to the parties, the question of proof of the identity of the land does not arise. In such a situation it cannot be contended that the area claimed of the land in dispute us certain. See Akinterinwa V. Oladunjoye (2000) 6 NWLR (Pt. 659) 92. It must be emphasized in an action where the Plaintiff claims a declaration of title to land and fails to give exact extent and identity of the land he is claiming. His action should be dismissed. See Rufa v. Rickerts 2 WACA 95 Udofia V. Alfia. See also Arabe V. Asanlu (1980) 5-7 SC 78″ per Musdsdapher, JSC (as he then was).” Per SAIDU TANKO HUSSAINI, JCA (Pp 9 – 11 Paras F – C)

Ways of Proving title to Land

The Locus Classicus case of Idundun v Okumagba (1976) 9-10 SC 227 is noteworthy here. In that case, the Apex Court established that there are five ways of proving or establishing title to land or ownership of land. These five ways have been consistently upheld and repeated in many other cases since Idundun v Okumagba.

OMOTAYO v. CO-OPERATIVE SUPPLY ASSOCIATION (2010) LPELR-2662(SC)

“There are five ways of proving or establishing title to land or ownership of land. These are by- (1)Traditional evidence (2) Production of documents of title duly authenticated in the sense that their due execution must be proved unless they are documents twenty or more years old produce from proper custody. (3) By positive acts of ownership extending over a sufficient length of time. (4) By acts of long possession and enjoyment of the land. (5) By proof of possession of connected or adjacent land in circumstances rendering it probable that the owner of such connected or adjacent land would in addition be the owner of the land in dispute. The establishment of one of the five ways is sufficient proof of ownership. Ayoola v. Odofin (1984) 11 SC 120. Ewo v. Ani (2004) 17 NSCQR 36 Piaro v. Tenalo (1976) 12 SC 31. Idundun v. Okumagba (1976) 9-10 SC 227 Ndukuba v. Izundu (2007) 1 NWLR Pg. 1016 pg. 432. Adanji v. Anwase (2006) 12 NWLR pt. 993 pg. 183. Nkado v. Obiano (1997) 5 NWLR pt. 503 pg 31. Nkwo v. Iboe (1998) 7 NWLR pt 558 pg. 354 Chukwu v. Diala (1999) 6 NWLR pt.608 pg. 674. Inwelegbu v. Ezeani (1999) 12 NWLR pt. 630 pg. 266. Adesanya v. Aderonmu (2000) 6 SC pt.11 pg. 18. Adeosun v. Jibesin (2001) 11 NWLR pt. 724 pg. 290.” Per OLUFUNLOLA OYELOLA ADEKEYE, JSC (Pp 28 – 29 Paras E – D)

EZEANAH v. ATTA (2004) LPELR-1198(SC)

“In a civil claim of title to or ownership of land, for a party to succeed, he must prove his title in one of the five ways laid down in this Court’s decision of Idundun v. Okumagba (1976) 9-10 SC 227 followed by a long line of other decided authorities to the following effect: “1. Proof by traditional evidence. 2. Proof by production of documents of title duly authenticated to prove title. 3. Proof by acts of ownership extending over a sufficient length of time, numerous and positive as to warrant the inference that the person is the true owner. Vide Ekpo v. Ita (1932) 11 NLR 68. 4. Proof by acts of long possession and 5. Proof of possession of connected or adjacent land in circumstances probable that the owner of such connected or adjacent land would in addition be the owner of the land in dispute.” See also Chukwu v. Diala (1999) 6 NWLR (Pt. 608) 674 at 681; Orubon v. Gbondu (1999) 11 NWLR (Pt. 628) 661; Otukpo v. John (2000) 8 NWLR (Pt. 669) 507 at 525; Okechukwu v. Okafor (1961) 1 All NLR 685.” Per SYLVESTER UMARU ONU, JSC (Pp 43 – 44 Paras C – B)

GONIRAM v. SUNDAY (2020) LPELR-51421(CA)

“From the pleadings of the parties, issues were duly joined. While as submitted by the Appellant, it may be technically right to say that the Appellant did not expressly claim title to the land in question in the reliefs set out in her statement of claim, title was decidedly put in issue by the pleadings of the parties. Therefore, in order for the Appellant to prove her entitlement to a declaration of possession and occupation of the land in dispute on the strength of her possession and occupation of the land as claimed, as opposed to the adverse claim of the Respondent who also contended that he owned the land having bought same and was also in possession, the Appellant was obliged to prove her title which entitled her to such possession and occupation of the land. This is settled law. In the case of Regd. Trustees of the Apostolic Faith Mission V James (1987) LPELR-2946(SC) 35-36, E-A, the Supreme Court per Oputa, JSC held as follows – “Since the only issue in this case is – as between the Plaintiffs and the Defendants, who has a better title? – it is necessary to investigate the parties respective roots of title. In any event, since the Plaintiffs claimed damages for trespass and perpetual injunction, they have put their title in issue for their claim to postulate that they are either the owners of the land in dispute or that before the trespass complained of, they were in exclusive possession of the land. The onus of proof was also definitely on the Plaintiffs.” (Emphasis supplied) Therefore, by virtue of the authority of Idundun V Okumagba (1976) 10 SC 277, the locus classicus on the issue, title to land can be proved in one or more of the following five methods: 1. Proof by traditional history or traditional evidence of the history of the land, which includes mode of acquisition of same, for instance, by deforestation of the virgin forest by the first settler, conquest of the original owners through acts of war, gifts, e.t.c. 2. Proof by grant or the production of documents of title to the land. 3. Proof by acts of ownership extending over a sufficient length of time numerous and positive enough to warrant the inference that the persons exercising such acts are the true owners of the land. 4. Proof by acts of long possession. 5. Proof by possession of connected or adjacent land in circumstances rendering it probable that the owner of such land would, in addition, be the owner of the land in dispute. See also Iseogbekun V Adelakun (2012) LPELR-15516(SC) 28-29, G-D, per Mukhtar, JSC; Dakolo V Rewane-Dakolo (2011) LPELR-915(SC) 23-24, E-D, per Rhodes-Vivour, JSC; Odunze V Nwosu (2007) LPELR-2252(SC) 67, C-F, per Onnoghen, JSC. Therefore, in the instant case, the Appellant having put her title in issue by also claiming trespass and injunction, was obliged to prove her title to the land by one of the five ways enumerated above. Indeed, one of the recognized ways of proof of title is by the production of documents of title or a valid instrument of grant. The production and reliance upon such a document of title or instrument of grant inevitably carries with it the need for the Court to inquire into some or all of a number of questions, including: i. Whether the document is genuine and valid; ii. Whether it has been duly executed, stamped and registered; iii. Whether the grantor had the authority and capacity to make the grant; and iv. Whether it has the effect claimed by the holder of the document or instrument. See Romaine V Romaine (1992) LPELR-2953(SC) 15-16, E-B, per Nnaemeka-Agu, JSC; Nwadike V Ibekwe (1987) 4 NWLR (Pt. 67) 718.” Per JUMMAI HANNATU SANKEY, JCA (Pp 10 – 14 Paras D – D)

ADISA v. OYINWOLA & ORS (2000) LPELR-186(SC)

“The several ways in which title in land can be acquired should not be confused with the several ways in which such acquisition can be proved. The much cited case of Idundun & Ors v. Okumagba & ors. (1976) Vol. 10 NSCC 446 deals with ‘five ways in which ownership of land may be proved” and not the ways of acquiring title to land. In short Idundun & ors. v. Okumagba & Ors deals with matters of evidence rather than question of substantive law of acquisition of title. It is for this reason that acquisition of title by gift, grant, or purchase was not mentioned.” Per EMMANUEL OLAYINKA AYOOLA, JSC (Pp 43 – 43 Paras B – D)

Litigation Survey Plans

Position of the Law on a Litigation Survey Plan which is not countered

RAPHAEL & ANOR v. EZI (2014) LPELR-23328(CA)

“The settled legal position remains that a litigation survey plan which is not countered will be taken as accurately reflecting the disputed land. See ADELAJA v. ALADE (1999) 6 NWLR (PT 608) 544 or (1999) LPELR (109) 1 at 17 – 18, ADESANYA v. ADERONMU (2000) 9 NWLR (PT 672) 370 or (2000) LPELR (145) 1 at 24 and OGUN v. AKINYELU (supra).” Per UGOCHUKWU ANTHONY OGAKWU, JCA (Pp 14 – 15 Paras D – A)

AYEMWENRE v. EVBUOMWAN (2019) LPELR-47213(CA)

“The bone of contention therefore is whether it is the same parcel of land now in dispute. For the DW1 and DW2, the land is not the same land sold to the Appellant. But as per the evidence of the PW1, who prepared Exhibit ‘A’, the litigation survey plan, he produced same based on the content of Exhibits ‘B’, ‘E’ and ‘H’ as well as his visit to the land identified to him by the Appellant where he was shown the features on the land. Part of his evidence in Court reads thus: “In the month of December 1990 the plaintiff commissioned me to prepare a litigation survey for him in respect of the land in dispute. I went in his company to the land in dispute which situate at Etete layout road in Ugbor quarters, Benin City. The plaintiff showed me his document of title which included three sets of certificate of transfer, one from Emmanuel Igbinoba for a plot of 250ft by 100ft including an Oba’s approval. These are the documents now shown to me” … The transferors were Emmanuel Igbinoba, Osasu Osunbor and Osasuyi Uwuigbe. The plaintiff showed me round the boundaries of the land and identified the features on the land to me. He also identified his neighbours to the west as one John Idehen, he identified the ward beacons on the land and the various portions transferred by individual transferors, he identified a building on the land, the building blocks, building sand, wall fences all where by the defendant causes of action in this suit. I carried out my survey, produced a plan which I signed. I delivered certified copies to the plaintiff.” Further in his evidence the PW1 emphatically stated that he saw the ward beacons on the boundaries of the land. He also identified the three parcels of land sold to the Appellant by the three vendors which were marked yellow, brown and green respectively in Exhibit “A”. The boundary beacons he saw on the land were said to be marked by beacon Nos. 1333A, 1334A, 1335A, 1217A, 2252A, 2253A, 1216A. The Appellant’s land is said to be defined by beacons Nos. BDS 8682 CP1 – CP9. The evidence as adduced by the PW1 was not challenged or contradicted during cross-examination by the Respondent and the description of the land as given in his evidence is consistent with the content of Exhibit “A”. In other words, Exhibit ‘A’ provided a proper description of the land in dispute and identified same as correctly derived from Exhibits ‘B’, ‘E’ and ‘H’ which are the documents of title tendered in evidence and relied upon by the Appellant in proof of his title to the land. What is more, in the case of MOMOH VS. UMORU (2011) 15 NWLR (PT. 1270) 217 the Supreme Court relying on the earlier authorities of OKPULOKA VS. UME (1976) 9 – 10 SC 269 and OWOTAIRFE VS. ONOKPOSO (1984) 12 SC 19 held that it is the plaintiff’s survey plan that determines the land in dispute and not the defendant’s survey plan where the defendant has not counter claimed. In the instant case, the Respondent incidentally did not counter-claim so Exhibit N cannot upstage Exhibit “A”. Per SAMUEL CHUKWUDUMEBI OSEJI, JCA (Pp 34 – 37 Paras E – C)

OSULA v. INNEH (2015) LPELR-25692(CA)

“A careful reading of the record of appeal would reveal that the hostility between parties is a boundary dispute. The Appellant and the Respondent have a common boundary. The Respondent’s complaint is that the Appellant unlawfully outstripped the boundary into her land and to prove this she engaged the services of a surveyor who produced a litigation survey Plan Exhibit “A”. ?The Appellant on his own side did not prepare a litigation survey to show the status of the land in dispute. He merely denied trespassing into the Respondent’s land. In a similar situation as in this case, in the case of Adeagbo Vs. William (1998) 2 NWLR Part 536 Page 120 at 128 paragraph B Acholonu JCA (as he then was) held among others as follows:- “The Respondent has shown himself to have built a house on the land. He filed a plan of the area in dispute. The Appellant filed none. Therefore he is bound by the plan of the Respondent as he would be deemed to approve of it regardless of his denial. Mere ipse dixit of the Appellant without a plan should be discountenanced.” The Learned trial Judge applied the principle enunciated when he held as follows at page 75 of the record thus:-“After a calm and cool consideration of the entire evidence adduced by the parties and weighing the evidence of the Plaintiff and her witnesses vis-à-vis that of the Defendant I must say straightaway that I believe the candid and compelling evidence of the PW1, the registered surveyor that the present dimension of the Defendant’s land as depicted in Exhibit “A” verged “Green” is 100 feet x 131 feet. I also believe his credible evidence that the portion of the Plaintiff’s parcel of land trespassed into by the Defendant is 31 feet by 100 feet verged “yellow” in Exhibit “A”. At page 76 of the record of Appeal, the Learned trial Judge stated further:- “Additionally, it is my view that the defendant having failed to file a survey plan in rebuttal of the Plaintiff’s survey plan is deemed to have approved of the Plaintiff’s as to the boundaries at the land in dispute…” Finally on page 77 of the record of appeal the learned trial Judge held as follows:- “In the final result having weighed the evidence adduced by the Plaintiff in support of her claim including her witnesses and the documentary evidence tendered and placed side by side the evidence of the Defence on the imaginary scale of Justice, I prefer the case of the Plaintiff to that of the Defendant … I am satisfied that the Plaintiff has successfully proved her claim on the balance of probability as required by Law.” ?A careful review of the finding of the Learned trial Judge would show that the evaluation of evidence was done in compliance with the principle of evaluation as enunciated by the Apex Court in Mogaji vs. Odofin (Supra). In view of the foregoing, I therefore have no difficulty in coming to the conclusion that the Learned trial Judge’s appraisal of evidence adduced at the trial cannot be faulted.” Per JIMI OLUKAYODE BADA, JCA (Pp 11 – 14 Paras D – A)

How to put the identity/survey plan of a disputed land in issue

EKARIKO v. ATSENUWA (2022) LPELR-58448(CA)

“I cannot see where the appellant put the identity of the land in issue. It is immaterial that both sides used different units of measurements. There is no dispute about the location of the land, the area, the size or features of the land pleaded by the respondent. There is no issue raised about the survey plan of the respondent. The law as I have already stated is that to make a plaintiff’s survey plan an issue, the defendant should be clear and specific on the parts in controversy-is it the area, size, location, boundaries or locus in quibus of acts of possession? See Osuji v. Ogualaji (2002) 16 NWLR (Pt. 792) 136, 152. The case of Adenle v. Olude (2003) supra does not support the case of the appellant as the Supreme Court re-stated the position of the law as to how the identity of land in dispute in a case where there is a litigation survey plan is put in issue. The apex Court found that, just as in this case, the appellant did not put the identity of the land in dispute in issue.” Per JOSEPH EYO EKANEM, JCA (Pp 12 – 12 Paras A – E)

Offodile vs. Offodile & Ors (2019) LPELR-4785 (SC),

“The 2 Courts below by Exhibit A held that the boundary and delineations of the land in dispute were not proved with certainty by the Appellant to give him title to the land in dispute. The identity of land in dispute will be in issue, if the Defendants in their Statement of Defence made it one, that is, if they disputed specifically either the area or the size or the location or the features shown on the Plaintiff’s’ plan. When such is the case, then the identity of the land becomes an issue. We have in our Courts almost tacitly accepted that it is a ritual in land cases for the Plaintiff to prove the features on the land. Where therefore the identity of the land is not an issue, the mere production of the Plaintiffs’ plan is enough to establish the identity of the land. In fact, in such cases, the plan can and should be tendered by consent. See Per TABAI, J.S.C in ANYANWU & ORS V. UZOWUAKA & ORS (2009) LPELR-515(SC

Anyanwu & Ors vs. Uzowuaka & Ors (2009) 13 NWLR (Pt. 1159) 445,

“In NWOBODO EZEUDU & ORS v. ISAAC OBIAGWU (1986) 2 NWLR (Part 21) 208 at 220 this Court, Per Oputa JSC, spoke of the circumstances when an issue of identity of land can appropriately be said to be raised. The Court said: “The identity of land in dispute will be in issue, if and only if, the Defendants in their Statement of Defence made it one – that is if they disputed specifically either the area or the size or the location or the features shown on the Plaintiffs’ plan. When such is the case then the identity of the land becomes an issue. We have in our Courts almost tacitly accepted that it is a ritual in land cases for the Plaintiff to prove the features on the boundary and call all boundary men before it can be held that he has established the identity of the land in dispute. This erroneous belief accounts for a good deal of delays in land cases. the onus on the Plaintiff is an onus to prove an issue. Where therefore the identity of the land is not an issue, there I will make bold to say that the mere production of the Plaintiff’s plan is enough to establish the identity of the land. In fact in such cases the plan can and should be tendered by consent.” 

When will a Litigation Survey Plan be required/not required in an action?

KPEKU & ORS v. SIBEKENEKUMU & ORS (2013) LPELR-20703(CA)

“… the law is that where both parties know the land in dispute, a survey or litigation plan is not necessary. See Sadiku Osho v. Michael Ape (1998) 6 SCNJ 139 at 142.” Per HELEN MORONKEJI OGUNWUMIJU, JCA (Pp 18 – 18 Paras B – C)

OLISA & ORS v. OBIORAH & ORS (2014) LPELR-24523(CA)

“Even though the filing of a litigation survey plan is not an indispensible essential in a claim for land, survey plans are usually filed to delineate the boundaries of the land which plan must agree with the evidence of the party such that there is certainty as to the area of land claimed: ONISESE v. OYELEYE (2008) 21 WRN 43 at 78. It however remains good law that a survey plan is not a desideratum if the identity of the land in dispute is clear and not in dispute: ADEDEJI v. OLOSO (2007) 5 NWLR (PT.1026) 133 and AREMU v. ADETORO (2007) 16 NWLR (PT.1060) 244 at 262.” Per UGOCHUKWU ANTHONY OGAKWU, JCA (Pp 32 – 33 Paras D – A)

OMORUYI v. OBANOR (2011) LPELR-4349(CA)

“A survey or litigation plan may not in all circumstance be necessary that is where the land in dispute can be ascertained and known to both parties. The parties in this case would not have identified the land in dispute without a survey plan. See OMIYALE V. MACAULAY 2009 3 NWLR 345 SC. The trial Judge was therefore right when he said I quote – “I am satisfied and I find that the area verged Red in Exhibit 5 is the same as the area verged Pink in Exhibit 6. In other words the parties are disputing over one and the same parcel of land.” Per GEORGE OLADEINDE SHOREMI, JCA (Pp 13 – 13 Paras B – E)

AKHIGBE v. AIGBEZE (2017) LPELR-45656(CA)

“It is the law that where the identity of the land in dispute is known to the parties, there would be no need to file a litigation survey plan, but where the description of the land, location and dimension as given by the parties do not tally then, the identity and extent of the land are in issue, a survey plan would be necessary to clear doubts as to the land the claimant has alleged has been trespassed unto. In the case of OGEDENGBE & ORS VS. BALOGUN (2007) 9 NWLR (PT. 1039) 380; (2007) 3 SC (PT. 11) 71, the Apex Court held that as a matter of fact and this is also settled, where the identity of the land in dispute, is known to the parties and not in dispute, no plan is necessary, the absence of a plan is not fatal to the plaintiff’s claim if there is proper description of the land made available in the proceedings. See also EGBUTA & ANOR VS. ELEKWACHI & ANOR (2013) LPELR – 20666 (CA). The contrary is the position where there is no proper description of the land over which title is claimed and no litigation survey plan is produced. See also MUEME VS. GAJI (2001) 2 NWLR (PT. 697) 289, CHIEF DANIEL ALLISON IBULUYA and ORS VS. TAM BEBEBO DIKKO and ORS (1976) 6 SC 97 at 107 and CHIEF SOKPUI VS. CHIEF AGBOZO (1951) 13 WACA 241 at 242. A survey plan is used for the purpose of giving an accurate and precise description of the land claimed with scientific or mathematical precision. It is the law that, it is the duty of every claimant of title to land, as in this case, to adduce evidence showing the clear identity, boundary and other features of the land he claims. This duty or burden can be discharged by evidence of the description, boundary area and other features of the said land in dispute. Therefore, it is for the purpose of more accuracy or precision in identifying the land with mathematical accuracy or in a scientific manner that necessitates the use of a survey plan. Further, where the party claims the ownership of a larger or vast expanse of land including the land in dispute, or the land in dispute is part of a large portion as in the present case, a composite plan is filed to show the vast land as well as the portion in dispute, verged in a different or specific colour. Alternatively, the identification of the land could be proved by other evidence, mostly oral. In this appeal there is a dispute as to the identity, extent or area of the land in dispute where the appellant has made out that the respondent does not even know the land he claimed title for in the trial Court. In this situation, the identification by either oral evidence or survey plan (documentary) would be required. That way, it could be said precisely, yes, this portion of land is the land the claimant claimed title of without doubt and that it is the same land as described and identified by the appellant. That way, the Court would be in a position to determine whether the parties are at one with the dispute over the same portion of land in terms of location and extent. See SUNDAY DANIEL OBICHIE VS. JOHN A. ADETONA (2008) LPELR 8472 (CA), EZUKWU VS. UKACHUKWU (2004) 17 NWLR (PT. 902) 227 at 249; OTAMA VS. YOUDUBAGHA (2006) 2 NWLR (PT. 337) and OLADIMEJI VS. OSHODI (1968) 1 ALL NLR 47. In the respondent’s claim, he gave the dimension of the land over which he laid claim. In paragraphs 4, 5 and 11 of his written statement (evidence) on oath and as PW1 he similarly gave the measurement of the land and gave the location as situate at Obe Village particularly at Mechanic Road as in his claim. Similarly, the evidence of the PW 2 and PW 3. Can it then be rightly said that the claimant pleaded and gave evidence as to the location and extent of the land allegedly trespassed on with mathematical accuracy? How does one identify the particular portion in dispute at the Mechanic Road in Obe Village, surely there must be several portions of land on that road and in that Village mentioned above, moreso, where it has been challenged by the respondent. In this case, a litigation survey plan was necessary which would assist oral evidence in identifying the land over which the claimant claimed title and allegedly trespassed upon by the appellant.” Per CHIDI NWAOMA UWA, JCA (Pp 11 – 15 Paras F – C)

Composite Survey Plans

KASALI & ORS v. SANNI & ORS (2017) LPELR-51065(CA)

A composite plan as the name implies is usually drawn by the super imposition of at least two plans filed and or tendered by opposing parties. It is where the two sides file plans which do not match that it becomes the duty of the plaintiff to file a composite plan to show the relative positions of the area of land claimed by both himself and the defendant. See Bankole V Pelu (1991) 8 NWLR (Pt 211) 523, 550 and Bankole V Dada (2003) 11 NWLR (Pt 830) 174, 224. There may also be situations in which a defendant needs to file a composite plan as was held by the Supreme Court in Elias V Suleiman (1973) 12 SC 113. A composite plan is also useful in linking a piece of land presently in dispute with a piece of land that was the subject of litigation in a previous suit as was done in Obineche V Akusobi (2010) All FWLR (Pt 533) 1839, 1859. It may also be deployed where the original title documents failed to fully prescribe the parcels of land allegedly allocated to the disputants – Eholor V Osayande (1992) 6 NWLR (Pt 249) 524, 536.” Per JOSEPH EYO EKANEM, JCA (Pp 25 – 26 Paras F – E)

ONI & ORS v. OMOFADE (2016) LPELR-50053(CA)

“On the other hand, as the respondent set up his own case that the disputed parcel of land is the same as the parcel of land litigated in suit No.ID/479/89, he had the onus to prove the assertion. For it is elementary that he who asserts must prove. Therefore the respondent had the burden to produce in evidence a composite plan showing the parcel of land in dispute in suit No.ID/479/89 is the same as the parcel of land in dispute in suit No.ID/10/2010 vide Elias v. Suleimon (1973) A.N.L.R. 217 at 928 thus- “In view of this and his later observation that he had not the necessary composite plan before him (which is clearly the duty of the defendants/respondents to provide), it is quite clear that the 3rd defendant/respondent had also failed to prove conclusively that the land bought by him and in support of which he had produced the purchase receipts (Exs. 21 and 22), formed part of the land claimed by the plaintiff/appellant.” Per JOSEPH SHAGBAOR IKYEGH, JCA (Pp 16 – 17 Paras E – C)

Duty of A Claimant in An Action for Declaration of Title to Land In a civil action where a Claimant seeks a declaration from the Court that title to a piece or parcel of land belongs to him, the law has placed some duties which the Claimant must satisfy if his case is to succeed. Claimant’s Duty to Show the


IN THE SUPREME COURT OF NIGERIA

ON FRIDAY, THE 24TH DAY OF APRIL, 1970


APPEAL NO: SC.58/69

Citation:
(2000) 6 NWLR (Pt.660)228

Before Their Lordships

ADEMOLA ADETOKUNBO, J.S.C.

GEORGE BAPTIST AYODOLA COKER, J.S.C.

IAN LEWIS, J.S.C.

CHARLES OLUSOJI MADARIKAN, J.S.C.

UDO UDOMA, J.S.C.


BETWEEN

1. E.O. LAKANMI
2. KIKELOMO OLA
(by her guardian and next friend E.O. Lakanmi)
APPELLANTS

AND

1. THE ATTORNEY-GENERAL (WEST)
2. THE SECRETARY TO THE TRIBUNAL
3. THE COUNSEL TO THE TRIBUNAL
RESPONDENTS


LEAD JUDGEMENT DELIVERED BY ADEMOLA, C.J.N.


This is an appeal from the Western State Court of Appeal which heard and dismissed the appeal of the appellants from the judgment of the High Court of Western State sitting at Ibadan.

The application before the High Court was for an order of certiorari to remove an order dated August 31, 1967, made by Mr. Justice Somolu in his capacity as the chairman of the Tribunal of Inquiry into the assets of public officers of the Western State, into court, for the purpose of being quashed. The order itself which was admitted in evidence as Exhibit B in the certiorari proceedings reads:-

“Order by Assets Tribunal.

Under the provisions of section 13(1) of Edict No.5 of 1967, it is hereby ordered that Mr. E.O. Lakanmi, Kikelomo Ola (his daughter) and all others who may be holding properties on behalf of or in trust for any of them, shall not dispose of or otherwise deal with any of the said properties of whatever nature (i.e., lands, houses, etc.), whether standing in their names, or in any others of their various names and/or aliases, until the Military Governor of the Western State of Nigeria shall otherwise direct.

2. In particular, it is hereby ordered that the said E.O. Lakanmi and his said daughter mentioned above shall not operate their individual bank accounts by means of withdrawal therefrom without the consent of and only to the extent that the Military Governor of the Western State shall permit in writing.

3. It is hereby further ordered that all rents due on the properties of the said persons from henceforth shall be paid by the tenants thereof into the Western State Sub-Treasury at Ikeja or the Treasury at Ibadan, until the Military Governor shall direct to the contrary pending the determination of the issues involved in the investigation into the assets of all those concerned.

4. Attention of all the persons concerned, and or their partners, co-directors, shareholders or nominees, or anyone who may like to have business transactions with them for any reasons or in any manner whatsoever is invited to these orders and the penalties provided by section 13(2) of the same Edict in case of the infringement thereof.

Dated August 31, 1967.”

The Judge of the High Court on December 21, 1967, dismissed the application, holding that the order was not ultra vires and that Edict No.5 of 1967 was validly made since, according to him, the Federal Military Government Decree No.51 of 1966 was not in question in the Western State of Nigeria when the Edict was made. We shall have cause to say more about Decree No.51 of 1966. He went further to say that the validity or otherwise of the order made by the chairman of the Tribunal could not be challenged since section 21 of Edict No.5 of 1967 states that:

“No defect whatsoever in anything done by any person with a view to the holding of, or otherwise in relation to, any inquiry under that Decree and this Edict, shall affect the validity of the thing so done or any proceedings, finding, order, decision or other act whatsoever of any person, the tribunal, or the special tribunal and in particular, no action or proceedings in the nature of quo warranto, certiorari, mandamus, prohibition, injunction or declaration or in any form whatsoever against or in respect of any such thing, proceeding, finding, order, decision or other act, as the case may be, shall be entertained in any court of law.”

A few days after this judgment, and indeed on December 27, 1967, the appellants filed their notice of appeal with nine grounds of appeal, to the Western State Court of Appeal.

From the grounds of appeal filed, it no doubt became obvious to the respondents what they had to meet at the hearing of the appeal; and when the appeal was pending, the Federal Military Government came to their aid by passing three successive Decrees, namely –

No.37 of 1968 – The Investigation of Assets (Public Officers and Other Persons) Decree, 1968.

No.43 of 1968. -The Investigation of Assets (Public Officers and Other Persons) (Amendment) Decree, 1968.

No.45 of 1968. -The Forfeiture of Assets, etc. (Validation) Decree, 1968, dated August 28, 1968.

25

These Decrees speak for themselves as their objects are clear, and they applied throughout the Federation. It was therefore no surprise when on October 18, 1968, the Acting Principal State Counsel filed in the Western State Court of Appeal a notice of preliminary objection that the court had no jurisdiction to entertain the appeal on the following grounds, that is to:

“(1) that the proceedings in this appeal relate to a challenge of the validity of an order which has been validated for all purposes under the provisions of section 1(2) of the Forfeiture of Assets, etc. (Validation) Decree, 1968, No. 35 45;

(2) that the said proceedings have abated as from August 28, 1968 by virtue of section 2(2) of aforesaid Decree.”

We recite the whole of the Decree, No. 45 of 1968, leaving out the Schedule, as follows:

”The Federal Military Government hereby decrees as follows:-

1. (1) All orders specified in column 2 of Part A of the Schedule to this Decree and made under the provisions of any enactment or other law (repealed by subsection (1) of section 14 of the Investigation of Assets (Public Officers and Other Persons) Decree, 1968) for the purpose of forfeiting the assets of, or adjudging liable to make reparation, any public officer or other person specified in column 1 of Part A of the Schedule to this Decree, are hereby validated for all purposes with effect from their respective dates of commencement as specified in column 3 of that Part, and accordingly the said orders shall have effect by virtue of this Decree as hereinbefore provided and the assets aforementioned shall be deemed to have been forfeited and the same may be disposed of or otherwise dealt with as provided in those orders.

(2) All orders in writing dated respectively as specified in column 2 of Part B of the Schedule to this Decree and made in respect of the public officers and other persons specified in column 1 of that Part, under subsection (1) of section 13 of the Public Officers and Other Persons (Investigation of Assets) Edict 1967 (repealed as mentioned in subsection (1) of this section) for the purpose of prohibiting dispositions of, or other dealings with, the properties of the said public officers and other persons, except to the extent and in the manner specified in the said orders, are hereby validated for all purposes with effect from the respective dates of the making thereof.

(3) All other orders, notices or documents made or given or other thing whatsoever done under the provisions of any enactment or other law repealed as mentioned in subsection (1) of this section, are hereby validated for all purposes with effect from the dates on which the same were made, given or done respectively.

2. (1) For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby declared that the validity of any order, notice or document made or given or purported to be made or given or of any other thing whatsoever done or purported to be done under the provisions of any enactment of law repealed as mentioned in subsection (1) of section 1 of this Decree or the circumstances under which the same has been so made, given or done, shall not be inquired into in any court of law, and accordingly nothing in the provisions of Chapter III of the Constitution of the Federation shall apply in relation to any matter arising from this Decree or from any enactment or other law repealed as aforesaid.

(2) Where immediately before the date of commencement of this Decree any proceedings in any court of first instance or on appeal from such court are pending or any right to bring such proceedings has accrued in respect of any matter as to the validity of which courts are precluded from enquiring by subsection (1) of this section, the proceedings or right as aforesaid shall abate as from the date of commencement of this Decree.

3. (1) In this Decree, unless the context otherwise requires- “public officer” has the same meaning as in subsection (1) of section 13 of the Investigation of Assets (Public Officers and other Persons) Decree 1968.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Decree, this Decree shall be read and construed as one with the Investigation of Assets (Public Officers and Other Persons) Decree 1968, and accordingly, the provisions of the last mentioned Decree shall, with necessary modifications and adaptations, apply with’ respect to orders, notices, documents and other things, whatsoever validated by this Decree.

(3) The provisions of this Decree shall have effect notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any decision, determination, judgment or order of any court made or given before the date of commencement of this Decree.

(4) This Decree may be cited as the Forfeiture of Assets, etc. (Validation) Decree 1968 and shall have effect throughout the Federation.”

We have not copied out the Schedule but we have to state that the present applicants’ names were included with others in the Schedule.

When on October 22, 1968 the appeal was to be heard, the Senior State Counsel for the respondents objected in limine on the grounds stated in his notice of preliminary objections aforesaid. As the same grounds were argued before us, we refrain at this stage from setting them out, except to say that the Court of Appeal ruled that Decree No.45 of 1968 was valid and that:

(1) the order, which is the object-matter of the action, has been validated by Decree No.45 of 1968, and

(2) that the Decree has also ousted the jurisdiction of the court.

Fatayi-Williams, JA, who delivered a separate judgment agreed on – (1) but did not deal with (2). The court then proceeded to strike out the appeal. It is from this judgment that the appellants have appealed to this court.

It appears clear from the above that the Western State Court of Appeal did not consider the points involved in the arguments before the high court as that court was of the view that since the passing of Decree No. 45 of 1968, it is without jurisdiction.

We feel ourselves bound, however, although that decision of the high court is now overtaken by events, to deal with some important points raised in the arguments in that court. The arguments to which we refer centre around Federal Government Decrees No.1 of 1966 and No. 51 of 1966, and Edict No.5 of 1967 passed by the Government of Western Nigeria on April 14, 1967. We will consider at this stage the history of these enactments. The Federal Military Government it is true to say, justifies its existence by the passing of Decree No. 1 of 1966. For our purpose, however, section 3 and 4 of that Decree are relevant and we reproduce them as follows:-

3. (1) The Federal Military Government shall have power to make laws for the peace, order and good government of Nigeria or any part thereof with respect to any matter whatsoever.

(2) The Military Governor of a Region-

(a) shall not have power to make laws with respect to any matter included in the Exclusive Legislative List; and

(b) except with the prior consent of the Federal Military Government, shall not make any law with respect to any matter included in the Concurrent Legislative List.

(3) Subject to subsection (2) above and to the Constitution of the Federation the Military Governor of a Region shall have power to make laws for the peace, order and good government of that Region.

(4) If any law-

(a) enacted before January 16, 1966 by the legislature of a Region, or having effect as if so enacted, or

(b) made after that date by the Military Governor of a Region, is inconsistent with any law-

(i) validly made by Parliament before that date, or having effect as if so made, or

(ii) made by the Federal Military Government on or after that date, the law made as mentioned in paragraph (i) or (ii) above shall prevail and the Regional Law shall, to the extent of the inconsistency be void.”

It is evident from these sections of the Decree that the Federal Military Government is empowered to legislate for the whole of Nigeria and that its powers are in no way derogatory to the powers that Parliament had under section 69 of the Republican Constitution of Nigeria. It is also evident that State Governments shall legislate by means of Edicts (as opposed to Decrees by the Federal Military Government), and for our present purpose, it is clear that the Legislative Lists, namely, the Exclusive Legislative List and the Concurrent Legislative List, as evidenced by our Constitution, are kept distinct by the Federal Military Government. Section 3(2) above provides –

3. (2) The Military Government of a Region –

(a) shall not have power to make laws with respect to any matter included in the Exclusive Legislative List; and

(b) except with the prior consent of the Federal Military Government, shall not make any law with respect to any matter included in the Concurrent Legislative List.”

But on May 24, 1966, Decree No.34 of 1966 was passed.

Section 1 reads – “Subject to the provisions of this Decree, Nigeria shall on May 24, 1966…..cease to be a Federation ….and shall as from that day be a Republic ….”

By Section 2(1) – The Federal Military Government shall be known as the National Military Government.

Section 2(1)(c) – makes the Regions a group of Provinces.

Section 2(3) – deprives a Regional Military Governor of his powers to make laws except by express delegation from the National Military Government.

The National Military Government, as it was then called, on June 28, 1966 passed Decree No. 51 of 1966 – Public Officers (Investigation of Assets) Decree which gives powers as to certain assets of public officers to be investigated. Section 5 of this Decree delegated powers to each Military Governor “in relation to their respective group of provinces” to carry out investigations in their provinces, and subsection (3) states that no order shall be made by a Military Governor except with the prior consent of the Head of the National Military Government.

Thus, it is clear that this Decree, No. 51 of 1966, provided for the investigation of assets of public officers throughout the country.

On September 1, 1966, however, Decree No. 34 was repealed by Decree No. 59 of 1966 and once again, the Government assumed the name Federal Military Government and the position before that Decree (No.34) was restored.

Decree No. 51 of 1966 relating to Investigation of Assets etc., however stands.

On April 14, 1967, the Government of Western Nigeria passed Edict No.5 of 1967 entitled Public Officers and Other Persons (Investigation of Assets) Edict 1967 35 to which we have earlier on referred in this judgment. It was by virtue of this Edict that the order Exhibit B against the present appellants by the chairman of the Tribunal was made.

The arguments before the high court were –

(1) that the Edict No.5 of 1967 is void since it purported to operate in the same field as the Federal Military Government Decree No.51 of 1966, which in fact has covered the whole field, and

(2) that some sections of the Edict are in direct conflict with the provisions of the Decree No.51 of 1966. In the High Court, and indeed in his argument before us, the Attorney- General, Western State admitted the inconsistencies with the Decree but sought that at the time the Edict was enacted (namely, April 14, 1967), the Decree No. 51 of 1966 had no force as a Decree in the Western State. He said further, that the Edict and the Decree were to be read together. The Attorney-General then submitted that Decree No. 51 of 1966 was not recognized in Western Nigeria at the time Edict No.5 of 1967 was passed and went on to say that the cumulative effect of Decree Nos. 34 of 1966, 59 of 1966, 8 of 1967, 13 of 1967 and 27 of 1967 was to make Decree No. 51 unrecognizable.

We have considered earlier on the effects of some of these Decrees like Nos. 34 and 59 and we see nothing worthy of our attention relevant to the point in the other Decree except to say that Decree No.8 of 1967 re-established the position of Decree No.1 of 1966 vesting the Supreme Military Council both the legislative and executive powers of the Government of the Federation.

Arguing further on the point, the Attorney-General relied on the provisions of section 6(i)(a) of the Interpretation Act (No.1 of 1964) which provides that ”the repeal of an enactment shall not revive anything not in force or existing at the time when the repeal takes effect”.

With respect, we find ourselves unable to agree with the Attorney-General that the reading of these various Decrees lead to the conclusion he had put forward. It is clear to us that Decree No. 51 of 1966 was valid and was in operation throughout the country when it was made, and the constitutional changes in the country during that period have not, to our mind, affected it. Further, it was never denied or argued that Decree No.1 of 1966 was at any time ineffective particularly in regard to sections 3 and 4 which we have earlier considered and the effect of this Decree on Edict No.5 of 1967 is to render the latter void.

We entirely disagree with the views of the Judge of the High Court in his consideration of the phrase “cover the field” as applied by the Australian Courts, when he said:-

“The Decree No.51 of 1966 has passed through four constitutional changes in the country. I think it will be sweeping to say that the intention to be inferred was the intention of the Federal Military Government at the time the Decree was enacted. The conditions in this country are unlike what is obtaining in Australia where the Constitution referred to in the cases cited is almost permanent.

But in this country since 1966 January the Constitution of the country has on many times been suspended and the constitutional Decree by which the country is largely governed have been importantly changed four times.”

We fail to see anything in the changes made by the various Decrees in 1966 and 1967 which deprived the Federal Military Government of its right as the Supreme Legislative body to manifest within its powers its intention or to express by enactment a complete, exhaustive and exclusive code, as to what shall be the law governing the investigation of Assets of Public Officers, etc. In our view any other law made by any state on the same subject, is void. This of course is the doctrine of “covering the field” attributed to the Australian Courts, and in accord with the cases:-

i. Ex Parte Mclean 43 C.L.R. 472 at page 483;

ii. The State of Victoria and Ors. v. Commonwealth of Australia and Ors. 58 C.L.R. 618 at page 630; and

iii. O’Sullivan v. Noarlunga Meat, Limited, etc. (1956) 3 All E.R. 177; (1957) 45 A.C. 1.

We therefore reject the views of the Judge of the High Court on the validity of Edict No.5 of 1967. We have no hesitation in holding that the Edict is ultra vires the Decree of the Federal Military Government.

We now direct our attention to the series of events which took place between the judgment of the High Court and the hearing of the appeal in the Western State Court of Appeal. As we mentioned earlier on, during the pendency of the appeal in the Western State Court of Appeal, the Federal Military Government enacted three Decrees, namely: No.37 of 1968, No.43 of 1968 and No.45 of 1968, all of which we will now examine.

(i) Decree No.37 of 1968 was enacted on July 29, 1968 and applies throughout the Federation. It provides for the investigation of the assets of public officers and other persons whether related to them or not. Sections 14 and 12 are relevant.

Section 14(1) repeals certain enactments including:-

(a) Decree No.51 of 1966; and

(b) Edict No.5 of 1967 as from July 29, 1968.

These, as will be remembered, are the contentious Decree and Edict we dealt with earlier and upon which the judge of the High Court was called to adjudicate.

Section 14(2) of Decree No.37 of 1968 is as follows:-

(2) It is hereby declared that –

(a) the repeal of any enactment or law by this Decree shall not affect any order, notice or other document made or thing whatsoever done under the provisions of any enactment or law hereby repealed, and every such order, notice or other document or thing so far as it is subsisting or in force at the time of the repeal shall continue or have effect by virtue of this Decree;

(b) any tribunal of inquiry established under any enactment or law repealed by this Decree and in being immediately before the making of this Decree shall, on its promulgation by any means thereafter, continue as if constituted by or under and for the purpose of this Decree, and matters uncompleted before any such tribunal or pursuant to any enactment or law hereby repealed, prepared and intended for presentation thereto shall, where necessary be continued or completed, either by the same or any other tribunal accordingly by virtue of this Decree.”

And section 12 provides for the validity and exclusion of the court’s jurisdiction. It reads:-

“12. The validity of any direction, notice or order given or made, or of any other thing whatsoever done, as the case may be under this Decree, or under any enactment or other Law repealed by this Decree, or the circumstances under which such direction, notice or order has been given or made or other thing whatsoever done, shall not be inquired into in any Court of Law, and accordingly nothing in the provisions of Chapter III of the Constitution of the Federation shall apply in relation to any matter arising out of this Decree or out of any enactment or other law repealed by this Decree.”

The effect of section 14 is that although subsection (1) repeals Edict No.5 of 1967, under subsection (2), the Tribunal of Inquiry about which this complaint arose is to continue its function, and all orders already made by it are validated and to continue to operate. On the other hand, the effect of section 12 is that despite the provisions of the Fundamental Human Rights in Chapter III of the Constitution, validity of orders, notices and directions made shall not be inquired into by any Court of Law.

(ii) Decree No. 43 of 1968 is dated August 28, 1968 and made to operate as from July 29, 1968; it applies to the whole Federation. It is short and the two sections are as follows:-

“1. The Investigation of Assets (Public Officers and Other Persons) Decree 1968 is amended with effect from its commencement:

(a) in section 12 by omitting all words from “or under any enactment” up to and including the words “whatsoever done”;

(b) in section 14(2) by inserting in paragraph (a) after the word “Decree” where it secondly occurs, the words “so however that the effect of this provision shall not affect any cause or matter pending before a court at the time of such repeal”.

2. This Decree may be cited as the Investigation of Assets (Public Officers and Other Persons) (Amendment) Decree 1968 and shall have effect as hereinbefore provided and apply throughout the Federation.

As will be seen this Decree amended the last Decree, i.e., No.37 of 1968 as from the date it was made and the effect of the amendments was to withdraw the validity and preclusion from the courts which the last Decree had originally provided for. But it would appear that the object had not been achieved, for eight days later, and indeed on August 28, 1968 –

(iii) Decree No. 45 of 1968, the whole of which we had earlier set out in this judgment was passed on August 28, 1968. The provisions of this Decree have a far-reaching effect.

Section 1(1) validates all orders specified in the Schedule.

Section 1(2) refers specifically to Edict No.5 of 1967 (Western States) and validates the order by which the properties of the appellants are attached.

Section 1(3) provides a general cover validating all other orders, notices or documents made or given or anything done by virtue of any enactments within the contemplation of the Decree No. 45.

There can be no doubt of the importance of sections 1 and 2 of this Decree.

Section 2(2) is significant. This section purports to shut out completely any proceedings pending in court either at nisi prius or on APPEAL, in any court whatsoever, with respect to matters contemplated by the Decree. Such proceedings, it stated, shall abate as from the date of commencement of the Decree.

Applying this to the present case, the section purported to shut out the appeal filed on December 27, 1967 to the Western State Court of Appeal and, as we observed earlier, the section was relied upon before that court. After hearing arguments on the ousting of its jurisdiction, the Court of Appeal upheld the validity of the Decree and declared itself without jurisdiction to hear the appeal. Not only are the provisions of the Decree No. 45 of 1968 designed to oust the jurisdiction of the courts generally, but there was a schedule tied to sections 1(1) and 1(2) of the Decree. These are very important as we shall point out later. Part A of the Schedule sets out, inter alia, the names of particular officers whose forfeiture orders, however made, are validated. The name of the first appellant is shown as item No. 4(a). Part B of the Schedule contains the names of officers and other persons affected by the Decree and the names of the appellants appear as item No.5.

It is therefore clear what the Decree (No. 45 of 1968) sets out to do and that the object of the legislature was directed to the appellants and their pending appeal.

It is in this context that the question has arisen whether this Decree is valid or not. In effect, is the validity of Decree No.45 of 1968 pronounced by the Western State Court of Appeal correct? This is the substance of the appeal before us. Counsel on both sides agreed that to determine the validity of this Decree, it is necessary to determine the basis of the power of the Federal Military Government to make laws. To do this, we must of necessity examine the events in the country as from January, 1966 and how the Federal Military Government came into being.

In this argument before us, the Attorney-General for the Western State, on behalf of the respondents, said what took place in January, 1966 was a revolution and the Federal Military Government is a revolutionary government which seized power on January 15, 1966. It accordingly has an unfettered right from the start to rule by force and by means of Decrees and therefore nothing from the Republican Constitution of 1963 can be implied into the new mode of ruling the country; that section 3(1) of Decree No.1 of 1966 gave the Federal Military Government unlimited power of legislation on any subject either by Decree or by part of the Constitution which has not been abrogated; that the doctrine of necessity which was propounded by counsel for defence, and about which we say more later, does not apply. Further, that section 6 of Decree No. 1 of 1966 (see above) must be construed literally and should not be construed to doubt the validity of a decree as this court has interpreted an edict in the case of Adamolekun v. The Council of the University of Ibadan (1968) N.M.L.R. 253 and that that interpretation can only be limited to an Edict. In short, the submission is that there is nothing in the Constitution which can make a decree void. He further submitted that once a document purporting to be a Decree is signed by the Head of the Federal Military Government it cannot be challenged and no court has any jurisdiction to adjudicate on its validity. The order of August 31, 1967 by the chairman of the Assets Tribunal, he submitted, was validly made since Decree No. 45 of 1968 made on August 28, 1966 has validated everything done under it.

Chief Williams, counsel for the appellants, submitted that the Federal Military Government is not a revolutionary government but a constitutional interim government, which came into being by the wishes of the representatives of the people, and whose object is to uphold the Constitution, excepting so far as it had to derogate from it under the doctrine of necessity whereby it was granted power. That thus the Federal Military Government assumes the continued existence of the Constitution and in its Decree No. 1 of 1966 (supra) impliedly provided for a separation of powers between the legislature, the executive and the judiciary as did the Constitution of Nigeria; that this must be perpetuated unless necessity otherwise arose compelling it under section 3 of Decree No. 1 of 1966 to make laws by Decree “for the peace, order and good government of Nigeria on any matter whatsoever.” This power, it was submitted, must not be read as unfettered powers to legislate to amend the Constitution save in so far as properly justified by the doctrine of necessity. In regard to section 6 of Decree No.1 of 1966 and the Adamolekun’s case (supra), Chief Williams submitted that section 6 of Decree No. 1 has to be read down as this court put it in Adamolekun’s to only not being able to challenge the legislative authority of a decree; that is, not to challenge the right of the Federal Military Government to make a law by way of a decree signed by the Head of the Federal Military Government as proved by sections 4 and 5 of Decree No. 1 of 1966. Further that a decree prevails over the Constitution only to the extent that the decree, if “otherwise” properly made, could amend the “Constitution, Finally, that the order Exhibit B made on August 31 1967 by the Chairman of the Assets Tribunal was not validly made, since Decree NO.45 of 1968 which sought to validate it (and thus implied that it was otherwise invalid) was a legislative act which impinged upon the sphere of the judiciary and to that extent invalid as an executive interference into the sphere of the judiciary.

Now, to understand, the doctrine of necessity so propounded, we must go into history. Nigeria before January 1966, under its Republican Constitution of 1963 provided, inter alia, for:-

(i) A President of the Republic, section 34;

(ii) A bi-cameral Legislature Section 41:

(iii) An executive, known as Council of Ministers, sections 84, 87, etc., and

(iv)A Judiciary vested with full judicial powers, section 111 et seq.

All these functioned normally until January 15th, 1966, when a section of the army rebelled in different parts of the country. Two Regional Premiers were put to death and the Prime Minister of the Federation and one of his Ministers were captured and taken to an unknown destination; also some senior members of the army were killed. The events which bestirred the country were unprecedented and serious constitutional upheavel was created. The head of the army rallied his men round and the rebels were arrested. The Prime Minister’s whereabout was unknown; the Minister who was apparently next to him and had previously acted for him, was out of the country. The President of the Republic was also away from the country, but there was an acting President. It appeared however that the Council of Ministers met without the Prime Minister and decided to hand over the Administration of the country to the Armed Forces before the situation got worsened. The full text of the Acting President’s speech delivered on January 16, 1966, is contained in Government Notice No.147 dated January 16 1966 and it reads:-

“FULL TEXT OF HIS EXCELLENCY THE ACTING PRESIDENT’S SPEECH

“I have tonight been advised by the Council of Ministers that they had come to the unanimous decision voluntarily to hand over the Administration of the country to the armed forces of the republic with immediate effect. All ministers are assured of their personal safety by the new administration. I will now call upon the General Officer Commanding Major-General Aguiyi-Ironsi, to make a statement to the nation on the policy of the new administration. It is my fervent hope that the new administration will ensure the peace and stability of the Federal Republic of Nigeria and that all citizens will give them their full co-operation.”

This statement by the Acting President was broadcast to the nation. Following this, and also broadcast and published as Government Notice No.148 of the same date, (January 26, 1966), is the speech of Major-General Aguiyi-Ironsi. It reads, in part:-

FULL TEXT OF THE SPEECH OF MAJOR-GENERAL J.T.U. AGUIYI-IRONSI, THE GENERAL OFFICER COMMANDING THE NIGERIAN ARMY.

”The Government of the Federation of Nigeria having ceased to function, the Nigerian Armed Forces have been invited to form an interim Military Government for the purposes of maintaining law and order and of maintaining essential services.

2. This invitation has been accepted and I, General J.T.U. Aguiyi-Irorisi, the General Officer Commanding the Nigerian Army, have been formally invested with authority as Head of the Federal Military Government, and Supreme Commander of the Nigerian Armed Forces.

Suspension of certain parts of the Constitution.

The Federal Military Government hereby decrees:

(a) The suspension of the Provisions of the Constitution of the Federation relating to the Office of President, the Establishment of Parliament and of the Office of Prime Minister.;

(b) The suspension of the provisions of the Constitution of the Regions relating to the establishment of the Offices of Regional Governors, Regional Premiers and Executive Councils, and Regional Legislatures …..”

Thus the Federal Military Government Notice came into being and assumed power and responsibilities. It is to be noted from the Government Notice (No. 148) set out above that the invitation to the Armed Forces, which was duly accepted, was to form an interim Military Government and it was made clear that only certain sections of the Constitution would be suspended. It was evident that what the Government thus formed is an interim government which would uphold the Constitution of Nigeria and would only suspend certain sections as the necessity arises.

At this stage it is incumbent on us to clear one point. It must be accepted that the Council of Ministers validly met at the time. The Acting President accepted that they met and they gave him an assessment of the situation. In our view, the Council of Ministers could validly meet in the absence of the Prime Minister, since the evidence available at the time was that the Prime Minister was alive but circumstances made it impossible for him to be present. If he had been killed or he was dead at the time, the situation might have been different.

It is apt to point out, however, that the Attorney-General does not accept the doctrine of necessity, nor does he seek to argue whether or not necessity has been shown in this case. He bases his case on the fact that necessity, or rather the doctrine of necessity, does not arise for our consideration. We understand him to say that question of necessity only arises with Colonial Governments, as we stated earlier, what happened in Nigeria in January 1966, in the submission of the Attorney-General, was a revolution.

It is no gainsaying that what happened in Nigeria in January 1966 is unprecedented in history. Never before, as far as we are aware has a civilian government invited an army take-over, or the armed forces to form an interim Government. We disagree with the Attorney-General that these events in January 1966 are tantamount to a revolution. As Chief Williams for the appellants puts it, quoting from the Shorter Oxford Dictionary, a revolution occurs when ”there is an overthrow of an established government by those who were previously subject to it” or ”where there is a forcible substitution of a new ruler or form of Government”. These, from the facts, did not take place in Nigeria in 1966 as the situation to which we have previously referred – a rebellion by some members of the Armed Forces – caused the Acting President, with the advice of the Council of Ministers in the absence of the Prime Minister, to hand over power to the Armed Forces. We venture to put the attitude of the Acting President and the Council of Ministers to the head of the Army thus – your men have started a rebellion, which we fear may spread; you have the means to deal with them. We leave it to you to deal with them and after this, return the administrative power of the Government to us. (back to top?)

Cases of revolution abound in history and in law, and an example is to be found in Pakistan where there is a proclamation annulling the Constitution of the country. In Uganda v. Commissioner of Prisons (1966) E.A.L.R. 514; the Pakistan case of the State v. Dosso (1958), 2 P.S.C.R. 180, was referred to at page 538 in the following terms:


“That the President’s proclamation of October 7, 1958 by which the Constitution of 1956 was annulled and Martial Law was proclaimed constituted an ‘abrupt political change,’ not within the contemplation of the said Constitution, that is a revolution. A victorious revolution is an internationally recognized legal method of changing a constitution. Such a revolution constitutes a new law creating organ, by virtue of having become a basic law creating fact. Laws which derive from the ‘old order’ may remain valid under the ‘new order’ only because validity has expressly or tacitly been vested in them by the new constitution, ‘and it is only the contents of these norms that remain the same, not the reason of validity’. Further no jurist would maintain that even after a successful revolution, the old constitution and the laws based thereupon remain in force on the ground that they have not been nullified in a manner anticipated by the old order itself”.(back to top?)

The Attorney-General submits that both the legislative and executive were swept away by the uprising in January, 1966 and the judiciary was altered by prescribing a new code of appointing Judges; all these he said were nothing short of revolution; that the Republican Constitution of 1963 no more exists except and in so far as the revolutionary government decreed: that the authority of the Federal Military Government is not derived from the 1963 Constitution but from the revolution itself. He also relied on Hogde v. The Queen (1883) 9 A.C. 117. The Attorney-General argued further that there is no provision in the 1963 Constitution enabling the Acting President, in the absence of the Prime Minister, even with the advice of other Ministers of the Council of Ministers, to hand over the administration of the country to the Armed Forces of the Republic. What happened, he said, was that the Government “having ceased to function” agreed to abdicate its powers and that therefore there was a revolution.

We think it wrong to expect that constitution must make provisions for all emergencies. No constitution can anticipate all the different forms of phenomena which may beset a nation. Further, the executive authority of the Federation is vested in the President by section 84 of the Constitution and we think in a case of emergency he has power to exercise it in the best interest of the country, acting under the doctrine of necessity. Moreover, it must be remembered that it is not a case of seizing of power by the section of the Armed Forces which started a rebellion. The rebellion had been quelled; the insurgents did not seize power nor was it handed over to them. But the state of affairs in Pakistan to which The State v. Dosso (supra) refers is different. In Pakistan the President had issued a proclamation annulling the existing Constitution. There was a disruption of the Constitution and the national legal order by an abrupt political change not contemplated by the Constitution. Such a change is a revolution.

The submissions by the Attorney-General

eave no room for the doctrine of necessity. He argued that as there was a revolution in the country in 1966, it is not permissible to read into the actions of the Federal Military Government any fetter arising out of the Republican Constitution of 1963 and the Government could legislate as it thought fit and could suspend and modify portions of that Constitution as it thought fit; that section 3(1) of Decree No.1 of 1966 should be given its plain meaning and nothing should be read into it: that also the proviso to section 1 of the Constitution should be given its literal meaning and that it puts no limitation on the power of a decree and in effect a decree automatically prevails over the Constitution whether or not it is specifically or impliedly inconsistent with it. He referred us in support, to the case of Smith v. East Elloe Rural District Council (1956) A.C. 736 where at page 751 Viscount Simonds said:

“My Lords, I do not refer in detail to these authorities only because it appears to me that they do not override the first of all principles of construction, that plain words must be given their plain meaning. There is nothing ambiguous about paragraph 16: there is no alternative construction that can be given to it; there is in fact no justification for the introduction of limiting words such as “if made in good faith”, and there is the less reason for doing so when those words would have the effect of depriving the express words “in any legal proceedings whatsoever” of their full meaning and content.”

The cases Edinburgh Railway Corporation v. Wauchope (1842) 8 E.R. 279 and Lee and Another v. The Bude and Torrington Junction Railway Corporation (1871) 6 L.R.C.P. 576 were referred to in support of the principle that, if two statutes are inconsistent, the latter of the two statutes prevails; and as such if Decree 45 of 1968 is inconsistent with Decree No. 1 of 1966, the Decree of 1968 must prevail.

We do not doubt the validity of these cases but the real answer is, to our mind, to be found in the dicta of Lord Reid in the case Anisminic Limited v. The Foreign Compensation Commission and Another (1969) 2 W.L.R. 163 at page 168 where he said:

‘The respondent maintains that these are plain words only capable of having one meaning. Here is a determination which is apparently valid: there is nothing on the face of the document to cast any doubt on its validity. If it is a nullity, that could only be established by raising some kind of proceedings in court. But that would be calling the determination in question, and that is expressly prohibited by the statute. The appellants maintain that that is not the meaning of the words of this provision. They say that “determination” means a real determination and does not include an apparent or purported determination which in the eyes of the law has no existence because it is a nullity. Or, putting it in another way, if you seek to show that a determination is a nullity, you are not questioning the purported determination – you are maintaining that it does not exist as a determination. It is one thing to question a determination which does exist: it is quite another thing to say that there is nothing to be questioned.”

As we stated earlier in this judgment, the Attorney-General does not accept the presumption of necessity. We have earlier on pointed out that in our view the Federal Government is not a revolutionary government. It made it clear before assuming power that the Constitution of the country still remains in force, excepting certain sections which are suspended. We have tried to show that the country is governed by the Constitution and Decrees which, from time to time, are enacted when the necessity arises and are then supreme when they are in conflict with the Constitution. It is clear that the Federal Military Government decided to govern the country by means of the Constitution and Decrees. The necessity must arise before a decree is passed ousting any portion of the Constitution. In effect, the Constitution still remains the law of the country and all laws are subject to the Constitution excepting so far as by necessity the Constitution is amended by a Decree. This does not mean that the Constitution of the country ceases to have effect as a superior norm. From the facts of the taking over, as we have pointed out, the Federal Military Government is an interim Government of necessity concerned in the political cauldron of its inception as a means of dealing effectively with the situation which has arisen, and its main object is to protect lives and property and to maintain law and order. As Willes, J. put it in Phillips v. Eyre (1871) 6 L.R.Q.B 1 at page 16:

“This perilous duty, shared by the Governor with all the Queen’s subjects, whether civil or military, is in an especial degree incumbent upon him as being entrusted with the powers of government for preserving the lives and property of the people and the authority of the Crown; and if such duty exists as to tumultous assemblies of a dangerous character, the duty and responsibility in case of open rebellion are heightened by the consideration that the existence of law itself is threatened by force of arms and a state of war against the Crown established for the time. To act under such circumstances within the precise limits of the law of ordinary peace is a difficult and maybe an impossible task and to hesitate or temporize may entail disastrous consequences.”

In the case of Madzimbamuto v. Lardner-Burke (1969) 1 A.C. 645 at page 740 Lord Pearce, on the doctrine of necessity said:

“The principle of necessity or implied mandate is for the preservation of the citizen, for keeping law and order, rebus sic stantibus, regardless of whose fault it is that the crisis had been created or persists.”

Reference may also be made to the Cyprus case of Attorney-General for the Republic v. Mustafa Ibrahim of Kyrenia (1964) 3. Supreme Court of Cyprus 1. In that case owing to the immutable nature of the constitution of Cyprus and the political secession of the Turkish members of the judiciary and the legislature, the courts and the parliament were unable to function. The Greek members of Parliament took upon themselves to pass a “law” providing for a new Supreme Court with no racial quorum, such as had been provided by the Constitution. The new court, staffed by Greek Judges only, was set in motion and started to function. It was contended that the “law” being unconstitutional was a nullity; but all the three Judges held that the “law” should be read into the Constitution, by applying the doctrine of necessity, and that the new court was only constituted. We quote a portion of the judgment of Josephides, J. where he said as follows:

“Faced with the non-functioning of the two superior courts of the land and the partial breakdown of the district courts, the Government had to choose between two alternatives, viz, either to comply with the strict letter of the constitution (the relevant articles being unalterable under any condition), that is, cross its arms and do nothing but witness the complete paralysis of the judicial power, which is one of the three pillars of the State (vide Prof. Alessi, ubi supra, at pages 218-9; or to deviate from the letter of the Constitution, which had been rendered inoperative by the force of events (which situation could not be foreseen by the framers of the constitution), in order to do what was imperatively and inevitable necessary to save the judicial power temporarily until return to normal conditions so that the whole State structure may not crumble down. I have no hesitation in arriving at the conclusion that in these exceptional circumstances it was the duty of the government through its legislative organ, to take all measures which were absolutely necessary and indispensable for the normal and unobstructed administration of justice. I agree with the submission of respondent’s counsel that the measures taken should be for the duration of the necessity and no more. This is also conceded by the Attorney-General of the Republic. The question now arises: Did the legislature, do what was absolutely necessary in the circumstances or did it exceed it?”

By recognizing the fact that there is a doctrine of necessity we do not alter the law, but apply it to facts as they do exist. We are unable to find that the facts of cases cited to us by the Attorney-General do fit in with the events which took place in this country in January, 1966: but they are basically cases of revolution. In this connection and before us we conclude this particular aspect of the matter; we would like to refer to the case of Uganda v. Commissioner of Prisons (1966) E.A.L.R. 514, where there were no pretentions on the part of the Prime Minister who abolished the Constitution of the country in the National Assembly and submitted a new one, which installed him as Executive President with power to appoint a Vice-President contrary to the Constitution of the country – actions which could only appropriately be described in law as a revolution.

Now we come to consider the effect of Decree No.45 of 1968 which Chief Williams, for the appellants has attacked as a usurpation of judicial power. The questions we ask ourselves are, was the passing of this decree a performance of legislative function as envisaged by section 3(1) of Decree No.1 of 1966? and does it go beyond the requirements or demands of the necessity of the case? Chief Williams for the appellants has argued that the effect of Decree No.45 of 1968 was a usurpation of judicial power as it deprived the appellants of their properties without compensation by legislative act. He referred us to section 31 of the Republican Constitution 1963 and to section 31(3)(b) which reads:

“Nothing in this section shall be construed as affecting any general law ….. (b) for the imposition of penalties or forfeitures for breach of the law, whether under civil process or after conviction of an offence.”

The subsection, he said, only contemplated deprivation of property as punishment if the deprivation was to be without compensation; the section was dealing with general law and not ad hominem laws.

We must here revert again to the separation of powers, which the Attorney-General himself did not dispute is still the structure of our system of government. In the absence of anything to the contrary it has to be admitted that the structure of our Constitution is based on the separation of powers – the Legislature, the Executive and the Judiciary. Our Constitution clearly follows the model of the American Constitution. In the distribution of powers the courts are vested with the exclusive right to determine justiciable controversies between citizens and between citizens and the State. See Attorney-General for Australia v. The Queen (1957) A.C. 288 at page 311, etc. In Lovell v. United States (1946) 66 Supreme Court Reports 1073 at page 1079, Mr. Justice Black said as follows:

“Those who wrote our Constitution well knew the danger inherent in special legislative acts which take away the life, liberty, or property of particular named persons, because the legislature thinks them guilty of conduct which deserves punishment. They intended to safeguard the people of this country from punishment without trial by duly constituted courts.”


These principles are so fundamental and must be recognised. It is to define the powers of the legislature that Constitutions are written and the purpose is that such powers that are left with the legislature be limited; and that the remainder be vested in the courts.

We have earlier pointed out the crushing effect of Decree No.45 of 1968 on the individuals it named, including the appellants. Part A of the Schedule to the Decree names particular individuals and mentions specific orders made concerning these individuals including the first appellant whilst Part B of the Schedule mentions names of particular individuals whose properties are affected as well as the dates of the Orders made against them on their properties, including the names of both appellants. The particular order, Exhibit B, which they are contesting, was specifically mentioned. Earlier, Decree No.37 of 1968 sought to repeal Edict No.5 of 1967, but section 14(2)(a) left unaffected the order made directly against the appellants. At the time it was passed, the appeals of the appellants were pending in courts. Section 12 stifled any further rights of the appellants to continue their appeal, thus depriving them of their constitutional rights. Later, Decree No.43 of 5 1968 purported to restore their rights but it was quickly followed by No.45 of 1968 which, by section 2(2) stipulates that all pending matters before any court in respect of all matters, including the appeals of the appellants, are abated as from the date the Decree was passed, and validated all the orders which affected the second appellant who had not been included in the earlier Decree No.37 of 1968 not being a public officer. It also validated all orders and decrees which had been wrongly made, all undoubtedly pointing to the appellants. These enactments are directed against certain named individuals with the aim of punishing them or depriving them of their properties. These individuals were not being dealt with as general members of the public for whom laws are passed generally. It is therefore necessary to consider more closely the nature of the legislation. It was this type of legislation that was being dealt with in Uyanage and Others v. The Queen (1967) 1 A.C. 259 at page 289-290; (1966) All E.R. 650 at 659 when Lord Pearce said in his judgment as follows:-

“In so far as any Act passed without recourse to section 29(4) of the Constitution purports to usurp or infringe the judicial power it is ultra vires. It goes without saying that the legislature may legislate, for the generality of its subjects, by the creation of crimes and penalties or by enacting rules relating to evidence. But the Acts of 1962 had no such general intention. They were clearly aimed at particularly known individuals who had been named. That the alterations in the law were not intended for the generality of the citizens or designed as any improvement of the general law, is shown by the fact that the effect of those alterations was to be limited to the participants in the January coup and that after these had been dealt with by the Judges, the law should revert to its normal state. The first Act was wholly bad in that it was a special direction to the Judiciary as to the trial of particular prisoners who were identifiable and charged with particular offences on a particular occasion …As has been indicated already, legislation ad hominem which is thus directed to the course of particular proceedings may not always amount to an interference with the functions of the judiciary. But in the present case their Lordships have no doubt that there was such interference; that it was not only the likely but the intended effect of the impugned enactments; and that it is fatal to their validity.”

Such act of usurpation was considered an infringement of the Constitution, as Lord Pearce at page 291 of the Report continued:

“One might fairly apply to these Acts the words of Chase, J., in the Supreme Court of the United States in Calder v. Bull (1789) 3 Dallas U.S.S.C. 386;

These acts were legislative judgments; and an exercise of judicial power.”

He further continued:-

“Blackstone in his Commentaries Vol. 1 (4th Edn.) p. 44 said:-

‘Therefore a particular act of the legislature to confiscate the goods of Titius, or to attaint him of high treason, does not enter into the idea of a municipal law: for the operation of this act is spent upon Titius only and has no relation to the community in general: it is rather a sentence than a law.’

If such Acts as these were valid the judicial power could be wholly absorbed by the legislature and taken out of the hands of the Judges. It is appreciated that the legislature had no such general intention. It was beset by a grave situation and it took grave measures to deal with it, thinking, one must presume, that it had the power to do so and was acting rightly. But that consideration is irrelevant, and gives no validity to acts which infringed the Constitution. What is done once, if it be allowed, may be done again and in a lesser crisis and less serious circumstances. And thus judicial power may be eroded. Such an erosion is contrary to the clear intention of the Constitution. In their Lordships’ view the Acts were ultra vires and invalid.’

Among other cases which we have also considered for what is a judicial power may be mentioned Shell Company of Australia Limited v. Federal Commissioner of Taxation (1931) A.C. 275, and in respect of usurpation of judicial powers, we would refer to Buckley v. Attorney-General of Eire (1950) Irish Reports 67 where O’Byrne, J. said at page 84:

“There is another ground on which, in our view, the Act contravenes the Constitution. We have already referred to the distribution of powers effected by Article 6. The effect of that article and of Articles 34 to 37, inclusive, is to vest in the courts the exclusive right to determine justiciable controversies between citizens or between a citizen or citizens, as the case may be, and the State. In bringing these proceedings the plaintiffs were exercising a constitutional right and they were, and are, entitled to have the matter in dispute determined by the judicial organ of the State. The substantial effect of the Act is that the dispute is determined by the Oireachtas to dismiss the plaintiff’s claim without any hearing and without forming any opinion as to the rights of the respective parties to the dispute. In our opinion this is clearly repugnant to the provisions of the Constitution as being an unwarrantable interference by the Oireachtas with the operations of the courts in a purely judicial domain.”

We are not unmindful of the fact, that not all enactments of this nature are judicial legislation. The Attorney-General cited some cases showing instances of legislation which though they have their faults were held not to intrude on the sphere of the judiciary: every case must depend upon the facts surrounding it. Cases to which we were referred like (1) Roche v. Kronheimer (1921) 29 Q.L.R. 329; (2) Adelaide Company of Jehovah’s Witnesses Inc. v. The Commonwealth (1943) 67 C.L.R. 116; (3) Australian Communist Party. v. The Commonwealth (1950) 83 C.L.R. 1. In these Australian cases the enactments were found by the courts to have been justified on the facts and in the circumstances postulated by them. And in Kariapper v. Wijesinha and Another (1968) A.C. 717 it was held that a Ceylon Act was intra vires. As this is a case more favourable for the submissions made to us by the Attorney-General, we will consider it more fully. It is the case where an Act passed by the Ceylon Parliament imposed disabilities upon any person “to whom the Act applies” and “a person to whom the Act applies” was defined to mean “each person specified in the schedule to this Act in regard to whom the relevant commission in its report found that any allegation or allegations of bribery had been proved.” The disabilities imposed by the Act extended to disqualification for seven years from registration as an elector and from voting at elections; disqualifications for seven years from being a candidate for election to the House of Representatives or to any local authority; disqualification for seven years from being elected or appointed as Senator or member of House of Representatives or a member of any local authority or sitting and voting as such: and disqualification for all time from being employed as a public servant. The appellant in the case and others were Senators and were concerned in the matter to which the Act referred. As we stated earlier, the Act was held not to be an exercise of judicial power. We have considered this case closely and comparing it with the present case on appeal we have come to the conclusion that the facts were clearly different. The reasoning in the case was that the Act was not a judicial usurpation for reasons stated in the judgment. Decree No.45 of 1968 was not in form of an alteration of any existing law but it was clearly a legislative sentence and the Decree was spent on the persons named in the Schedule.

We must once again point out that those who took over the Government of this country in 1966 never for a moment intended to rule but by the constitution. They did, in fact, recognize the separation of powers and never intended an intrusion on the judiciary. Section 3(1) of the Decree No.1 of 1966 does not envisage performance of legislative functions as a weapon for exercise of judicial powers, nor was it intended that the Federal Military Government should, in its power to enact Decrees, exceed the requirements or demands of the necessity of the case. In the present case we are satisfied that Decree No.45 of 1968 did go beyond the necessity of the occasion.

The Attorney-General has argued that validation laws are normal legislative functions and are not usurpation of judicial power, even though they affected judgments given by the courts. Also, that it was common practice to enact laws, and they are valid, which oust the jurisdiction of the courts. He cited the Indian Divorces (Validity) Act 1921, Validation of Wartime Leases Act 1944, and submitted that, Acts of Indemnity have been passed to legalise acts which are of doubtful character performed during emergencies and the like – Phillips v. Eyre (supra) and Eshugbayi (Indemnity for Deportation) Ordinance passed in Nigeria 1931, He also referred to a law passed in Western Nigeria – The Constitution of Western Nigeria (Amendment) Law, 1963 reversing the Privy Council’s decision in Adegbenro v. Akintola (1963) A.C. 614. We have examined all these enactments and it is of the utmost importance to note that each of these enactments could not be said to have gone beyond the exigencies of the necessity of the occasion which brought them about. In the present case, we observe that no argument was put forward as to whether or not the Decree (No. 45 of 1968) goes beyond the actual demand or exigencies of the necessity of the occasion. Clearly, necessity for the Decree was not shown or established throughout the proceedings. Further, as stated by counsel for the appellant, the amendment of section 33(10) of the Constitution of Western Nigeria (Amendment) Law 1963 following the Privy Council decision in Adegbenro v. Akintola (supra) was never tested in court. Neither the legislative competence of the legislature nor the legislative validity of the law has been put to the test.

At the passing of Decree No.37 of 1968, the present case was pending in the Western State Court of Appeal. Although the Decree repealed Edict No.5 of 1967 and purported to withdraw the Constitutional rights to challenge by way of action and prerogative writs in any court of law provided for in Chapter III of the Constitution dealing with Fundamental Human Rights. The Decree refrained from touching the order made against the appellants. It would appear that more thoughts were given to this enactment and Decree No.43 of 1968 followed. But Decree No.45 of 1968 is the pith and meat of the matter. It validated everything that was wrong or wrongly done, referred specifically to the names of the appellants in its Schedule, without defining a new ‘public officers’. Validated orders made against the second appellant, who according to section 13(1) of Decree No.37 of 1968, could not by any stretch of imagination be considered a public officer. In an attempt to crown the efficacy of the Decree, it purported to shelve all actions and appeals pending before any court. In short, it stops the pending appeal of the appellant in the Western State Court of Appeal. We have come to the conclusion that this Decree is nothing short of legislative judgment, an exercise of judicial power,. It is in our view ultra vires and invalid.

We are in no doubt that the object of the Federal Military Government, when it engaged in this exercise, is to clean up a section of the society which had engaged itself in corrupt practices – those vampires in the society whose occupation was to enrich themselves at the expense of the country. But if, in this pursuit, the Government, however well-meaning, fell into the error of passing legislation which specifically in effect, passed judgment and inflicted punishment or in other words eroded to the jurisdiction of the courts, in a manner that the dignity and freedom of the individual, once assured, are taken away, the courts, must intervene. Every case, we reiterate, must be considered on its own facts and the materials placed before us in this matter lead to no other conclusion than that the provisions of the Decree No.45 of 1968 are such as are not reasonably necessary to achieve the purpose which the Federal Military Government set out to fulfil.

This appeal will therefore be allowed and both the Edict No.5 of 1967 and the Decree No.45 of 1968 are declared ultra vires; they are null and void.

Now, we recorded during the argument before us, that counsel on either side, if this case were to be sent back to the Western State Court of Appeal to hear the arguments on the issue before the High Court, would have nothing more to add to their arguments and submissions before us. No useful purpose will be served therefore in sending the case back. We have already pointed out that we cannot support the judgment of the Judge of the High Court and also that the preliminary objection to the jurisdiction of the Western State Court of Appeal was wrongly upheld.

It follows that the order dated August 31, 1967, made by the Assets Tribunal and which was admitted in evidence as Exhibit B in the certiorari proceedings must be quashed, and is hereby quashed.

The orders for costs made both in the High Court and in the Western State Court of Appeal are hereby set aside. The appellants are entitled to costs in the two courts, which we now assess at seventy-five guineas in the High Courts and fifty guineas in the Court of Appeal respectively. Costs in this court in favour of the appellants are assessed at 100 guineas.

Order quashed. Edict No. 5 of 1967 and Decree No. 45 of 1968 declared ultra vires and void.

Appearances

Chief F.R.A. Williams (K.A. Doherty (Miss) with him) For the Appelants

Dr. F.A. Ajayi, Attorney-General Western State;
Y.O. Adio, Principal State Counsel
and S.A. Onadele, State Counsel For the Respondents

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF NIGERIA ON FRIDAY, THE 24TH DAY OF APRIL, 1970 APPEAL NO: SC.58/69 Citation:(2000) 6 NWLR (Pt.660)228 Before Their Lordships ADEMOLA ADETOKUNBO, J.S.C. GEORGE BAPTIST AYODOLA COKER, J.S.C. IAN LEWIS, J.S.C. CHARLES OLUSOJI MADARIKAN, J.S.C. UDO UDOMA, J.S.C. BETWEEN 1. E.O. LAKANMI2. KIKELOMO OLA(by her guardian and next friend E.O. Lakanmi) APPELLANTS AND 1. THE ATTORNEY-GENERAL

GABRIEL MADUKOLU & ORS v. JOHNSON NKEMDILIM

In The Supreme Court of Nigeria

On Monday, the 12th day of November, 1962

F.S.C.344/1960

Before Their Lordships

SIR LIONEL BRETT ——-Justice of The Supreme Court of Nigeria

JOHN IDOWU CONRAD TAYLOR——Justice of The Supreme Court of Nigeria

VAHE BAIRAMIAN———Justice of The Supreme Court of Nigeria


Between

GABRIEL MADUKOLU & ORS
(for themselves and behalf of the Umuonala Family)——–Appellants

AND

JOHNSON NKEMDILIM————Respondent

……………………..A…………………….

VAHE BAIRAMIAN, F.J. (Delivering the Leading Judgment): This appeal from the High Court of the Eastern Region (Betuel, J. at Onitsha on 23 November, 1959) raises the questions of res judicata and turns on the application of Section 53 of the Evidence Act, which provides that Every judgment is conclusive proof, as against parties and privies, of facts directly in issue in the case, actually decided by the court, and appearing from the judgment itself to be the ground on which it was based; unless evidence was admitted in the action in which the  judgment was delivered which is excluded in the action it is intended to be proved.

The questions raised in this appeal are:

(1) whether title to land was a fact directly in issue in the previous case between the parties;

(2) whether the title was actually decided by the court;

(3) whether the title appears from the judgment itself to be the ground on which it was based.

In the previous case (No. 33/56) before the Native Court of Mbatechete, the plaintiff claimed for his family yams etc., as customary rent for thirteen years under a lease given to the defendant in 1942 for building purposes, alleging that the defendant paid for two years and stopped. The defendant did not admit the claim. The plaintiff gave evidence that his family granted the defendant a piece of land to build on; that he brought them palm wine, and that they agreed on the rent, which he stopped paying after the ensuing year. The very first question put by the defendant was

“In whose lifetime did I come to you with palm wine?”

Thus the plaintiff was alleging a grant of land, which the defendant was denying. At the outset of his evidence the defendant said

“The land on which I live is ours.”

The plaintiff asked him

“Can you swear with your brothers that his land in question belongs to you?”

The defendant answered

“yes”.

……………………..B…………………….

After the defendant’s case was concluded, the court re-opened the hearing, and received from the plaintiff a copy of the proceedings in case No. 24/1937 as showing that his family had obtained title against the defendant’s late father. The court eventually gave judgment for the plaintiff relying on that case as proving that “where the defendant put up his building belongs to the plaintiff’; and the court gave judgment for payment of rent.

Plainly enough the dispute was on whether the plaintiff’s family were the owners of the land on which the defendant had his house; the title was actually decided by the court; and that appeared from the judgment itself to be the ground on which the judgment for payment of rent was based.

There were proceedings on appeal which ended in a finding by the Senior Administrative Officer, that the plaintiff had failed to prove title to the land on which the defendant had his house and that there was inadequate evidence to support his claim that the defendant had leased the land in dispute from him; the judgment of the Native Court was set aside and the claim dismissed; and that decision was confirmed by the Deputy Governor on 23rd January, 1957.

A year or so later, Gabriel Madukolu, who had brought the 1956 suit on his family’s behalf, together with others sued the defendant anew in the Native Court claimin declaration of title to a parcel of land known and called “Aniuno-Isigwu” where the defendant put up his compound.

The defendant denied the claim. In questioning Madukolu the defendant reminded him of the former case. When the defendant gave evidence, he began by saying that the case was res judicata in the former case No. 33/56, which he had won. The plaintiff asked him

“Do you know whether it was title to land or rent was claimed in civil suit No. 33/56 which you said you won?”

And the defendant answered

“It was case for rent”.

The judgment of the Native Court was for the plaintiffs; it did not deal with the plea of res judicata.

Res judicata was included as a ground of complaint in the appeal to the County Court. The County Court observed that the former case was for payment of rent and not for declaration of title; that the appellate judgment in that case was good so far as rent was concerned, but ultra vires in regard to title. The County Court awarded the plaintiffs a reversionary title, which was upheld by the Magistrate, but reversed by the High Court; hence this appeal by the plaintiffs.

……………………..C…………………….

The ground of appeal argued is that

The learned Judge in the Court below is wrong in law when he held that the issue of tenancy in Mbatechete Native Court suit 33/1956 was res judicata.

It must be admitted that the judgment is not consistent. At one point it states that

The County Court did consider it (viz. the judgment of the Senior Administrative Officer in the former suit) and rightly disregarded the remark that the respondents had failed to prove title, which was not directly in issue, but the second arm, that no tenancy was proved and the dismissal of the claim for rent was not given its due weight.

If title was not directly in issue, then one of the elements of res judicata was absent. The learned Judge gives it as his view that

The judgment is not only conclusive with reference to the actual matter decided but to the grounds for the decision.

That is true provided that the ground for the decision relates to a fact directly in issue. Ultimately the judgment states that

In the circumstances of this case, if the issue of tenancy is res judicata, so is the issue of title since one is based upon the other.

That seems to say this: the plaintiffs claimed that the defendant was their tenant as a person to whom they had granted land of their own to build on and pay rent for; so the claim of tenancy was based on a claim of ownership; so the former judgment was conclusive on title as well as on tenancy by lease. In effect the learned Judge regarded title as being a fact directly in issue in the former case by necessary implication.

The argument for the plaintiffs in their appeal before us was that the claim in the former suit was for rent; that the issue there was whether the defendant owed rent; and that was what the Native Court adjudicated upon: there was no issue on title, according to the argument, and the case was not fought on that issue; the dismissal of the suit by the Senior Administrative Officer decided nothing, as the suit was not for a declaration of title: further, according to the argument, if the defendant tried to raise the issue of title, he did so too late.

……………………..D…………………….

The rule of res judicata is derived from the maxim of nemo debet bis vexaripro eadem causa. It is the causa that matters; and a plaintiff cannot, by formulating a fresh claim, re-litigate the same causa. That is why Section 53 of the Evidence Act does not speak of the claim, but of the facts directly in issue in the previous case. The previous case was in the Native Court, and as there are no pleadings, one must go by the substance as disclosed in the proceedings. The dispute was on title, and the ultimate decision was against the plaintiffs on their basic cause of action, that they were the owners and grantors of the land occupied by the defendant; nor is it true that he raised the issue of title too late. The plaintiffs were debarred by that decision from claiming a declaration of title in a fresh case based on the same cause of action.

The following authorities were cited in the course of the hearing of the appeal: on the plaintiffs’ behalf

(1) Spencer Bower on Res Judicata, which is not available in our library;

(2) Halsbury’s Laws of England (2nd Ed,) vol. 13, paragraphs 466 and 488, which is discussed and applied in (3) Commissioner of Lands v. Abraham and others, 19 N.L.R., 1, but that case differs from the present case;

(4) Moss v. Anglo-Egyptian Navigation Co., (1865), 1 Ch. App. Cas, which is included in a footnote in Halsbury to paragraph 488; and

(5) Dedeke and others v. Williams and another, 10, W.A.C.A. 164, which is not relevant here.

The defendant’s counsel relied on Bell v. Holmes, (1956), 3 All E.R., 449, which is illuminating. The rule of res judicata is stated at page 454 from Ord v. Ord, (1923)2 K.B.432, in these words

If the res – the thing actually and directly in dispute – has been already adjudicated, of course by a competent court, it cannot be litigated again.

The following sentence, quoted at page 455 from Hunter v. Stewart, (1861), 45 De G.F. & J. 168, at p. 178; 45 E.R. 1148 at p.1152, is also especially worth repeating.

One of the criteria of the identity of two suits, in considering a plea of res judicata, is the inquiry whether the same evidence would support both.

In both the former and the present suit in the Native Court the evidence given was on title, and the res adjudicated upon was the title of the plaintiffs to the land on which the defendant had his house.

……………………..E…………………….

Although the competency of the court in the former suit was not raised as a question at any stage in the present suit, or in the first argument of learned counsel for the appellants under their ground of appeal, it arose incidentally in the course of the answer of the respondent’s learned counsel at the hearing of the appeal, in connection with the order made by the District Officer (Mr Grisman) who heard the first appeal from the Native Court and said this

I study the record and consider that Court should have called as Court’s witnesses the two remaining sub-families of Umuonala family. The case could be determined on the strength of their evidence without trying to compel the defendant to bring an action for title to the land in dispute. It is for the plaintiff to prove title, if anyone does. The appeal succeeds.

I set aside the judgment of the Court below and order that the case be re-opened to enable witnesses to be called from the other two sub-families of Umuonala.

(The Native Court had been of opinion that the defendant should bring an action for title: the District Officer rightly said that it was for the plaintiff to prove title.) The suggestion is that the subsequent proceedings in the Native Court were a nullity. They begin thus

The Record of proceedings in the previous hearing read and interpreted before the hearing of the bench. The District Officer’s remarks also read.

“Q. by Court to plaintiff: What are the names of those two families whose evidence are required in this case?

Ans.:  They are known as Umuonemum and Akpoadimora.

“1st wit. sworn states” (He is a witness from one of the other sub-families).

Before discussing those portions of the record, I shall make some observations on jurisdiction and the competence of a court. Put briefly, a court is competent when

(1) it is properly constituted as regards numbers and qualifications of the members of the bench, and no member is disqualified for one reason or another; and

(2) the subject matter of the case is within its jurisdiction, and there is no feature in the case which prevents the court from exercising its jurisdiction: and

……………………..F…………………….

(3) the case comes before the court initiated by due process of law, and upon fulfilment of any condition precedent to the exercise of jurisdiction.

Any defect in competence is fatal, for the proceedings are a nullity however well conducted and decided: the defect is extrinsic to the adjudication.

If the court is competent, the proceedings are not a nullity; but they may be attacked on the ground of irregularity in the conduct of the trial; the argument will be that the irregularity was so grave as to affect the fairness of the trial and the soundness of the adjudication. It may turn out that the party complaining was to blame, or had acquiesced in the irregularity; or that it was trivial; in which case the appeal court may not think fit to set aside the judgment. A defect in procedure is not always fatal.

To revert to the portions of record quoted above, the Native Court, that instead of having a full re-hearing, had the evidence of the former witnesses read out, and heard only witnesses from the other sub-families. That was a defect in procedure; neither party complained of it in the subsequent appeals. The re-hearing was not a nullity on that account.

If it was a nullity, it would be, under condition (3) of the above statement on competence, on the ground that the District Officer’s order, which initiated the re-hearing, was bad in law. The order was in these terms

I set aside the judgment of the Court below and order that the case be re-opened to enable witnesses to be called from the other two sub-families of Umuonala.

If that means that the re-hearing is to be confined to witnesses from those sub-families, the order is bad; if it means that there is to be a re-hearing for the sake of enabling such witnesses to be heard but does not confine it to them, it is not bad.

It may be suggested that the order is ambiguous and should be interpreted in the light of the paragraph which precedes it; but that is itself ambiguous and in my view cannot have any real weight. For my part I think that the order should be interpreted in the light of the maxim ut res magis valeat, and the second meaning which saves the order, should be adopted. Moreover, it was so understood by the Native Court to which it was addressed: at the outset that court had the former evidence read out, presumably as a method of incorporating it and of saving itself from hearing it again.

I therefore think that the re-hearing was not a nullity. At the same time I should add that as the point arose incidentally ex improvise, it was not argued at all fully and no cases were cited.

……………………..G…………………….

That is why I dealt with it without citing any cases. There are plenty of them, both local and English, and some day, if the point is raised in an appeal, it will no doubt be better argued and decided.

Interest reipublicae ut sit finis litium, is the reason behind res judicata. The parties have spent an inordinate amount of money over a piece of land of about 100 feet by 50 at a village, and it is time that the litigation was at an end.

The following order is proposed:

The appeal from the order of the High Court of the Eastern Region dated the 23rd November, 1959, in Appeal No. 0/35/A1959 of the Onitsha Judicial Division, is dismissed, with costs to the respondent, which will be assessed after hearing the parties.

SIR LIONEL BRETT, F.J.: I have had the opportunity of reading the judgment which has been delivered by Bairamian, F.J., and I concur in the proposal to dismiss the appeal. I recognise the force of the argument that on their most natural interpretation the words used by the District Officer in ordering the case to be “re-opened” amount to an order which he had no power to make, and that may well be the interpretation which he intended them to bear, but I agree with Bairamian, F.J., in the view that the words are capable of bearing the meaning which the Native Court in fact put upon them and which saves the order from invalidity, and I also agree that this Court will not be departing from the accepted principles of construction in holding that that is their true meaning.

I would only add that if the order for the case to be re-opened was invalid it would follow from the decision of this Court in Ude v. Agu (1961) All N.L.R. 65, that the order setting aside the previous judgment of the Native Court was invalid also, since “a naked power to set aside judgments is not provided for by section 40” of the former Native Courts Ordinance. Mr Shyngle did not submit that the previous judgment constituted res judicata in his favour, and on the view which I take of the effect of the order it is unnecessary for me to express an opinion on whether the point would now be open to the appellants.

JOHN IDOWU CONRAD TAYLOR, F.J. (DISSENTING): The plaintiffs sued the defendant in the Native Court of Mbateghete for a declaration of title to land known as “Aniuno-Isigwu”. In giving Judgment on the 11th August, 1958, the Court held as follows:

We have every reason to believe that the land belongs to the plaintiffs. We therefore find the land for the plaintiffs because the title has now been proved beyond all doubts.

Against this Judgment the defendant appealed to the County Court Grade “A”, which held as follows:

The Plaintiffs/Respondents have made out their title case against the defendant-appellant but so far the defendant is occupying the compound land, we are awarding the Plaintiffs/Respondents a Reversionary Title.

……………………..H…………………….

A further appeal was lodged by the defendant to the Magistrate’s Court holden at Awka, and on the 23rd day of May, 1959, the Learned Magistrate confirmed the decision of the County Court and dismissed the appeal. Although the effect of a previous Suit No. 33/56 in the previous proceedings was dealt with in the other Courts and evidence led about that Suit, it is in the Magistrate’s Court that we find the legal effect of that Suit dealt with. The Magistrate held, inter alia, that:

It is also not correct that the matter is res judicata. The claim in the suit No. 33/56 was for recovery of Rent and the Administrative Officer with Resident’s Judicial Powers found that plaintiff has failed to prove title to the land on which defendant has his house. On this and on some other grounds he dismissed the claim. The Deputy Governor condemned his judgment. It will be noted that he did not find that the land does not belong to the plaintiff: all he said was that the plaintiff failed to prove his title which in that case the plaintiff was not out to do.

The defendant appealed further to the High Court, which on the 23rd November, 1959, allowed the appeal and set aside the decisions of the Courts below. The Learned Judge on appeal held, inter alia, that:

The Respondents base their claim to a declaration of title on the alleged tenancy; if they fail in proving a tenancy, they also fail in asserting their title; they have failed in proving alleged tenancy because the issues decided in a suit as between the same parties are conclusive and cannot be a matter of further litigation between them (Outram v. Morewood, 3 East, 346, 355, 358, and Priestman v. Thomas, 9 P.D. 70, 210).

The judgment is not only conclusive with reference to the actual matter decided but to the grounds for the decision.

The plaintiffs have appealed to this Court from the Judgment of the High Court of the Onitsha Division. In addition to the general grounds of appeal against the evidence, two additional grounds were filed and argued with leave of this Court, and they read thus:

1. Learned Judge misdirected himself when he said at page 39, line 19 of the record that “the respondents base their claim to a declaration of title on the alleged tenancy; if they fail in proving a tenancy, they also fail in asserting their title;”

2. The Learned Judge in the Court below is wrong in law when he held that the issue of tenancy raised in the Mbateghete Native Court Suit 33/1956 is res judicata.

I think it is important at the outset to look at Suit No. 33/56 and to decide what effect it has on the case on appeal before us. In that Suit the present; appellants sued the present respondent for the following:

Recovery of 195 yams, 13 fowls, 13 pots of palm wine and 13 Kola-nuts being the customary land rental due from defendant for 13 years. The lease having been granted for building purposes in 1941 out of which the defendant satisfied the conditions for 2 years only and has since failed. Total cash value of rental – 20.

……………………..I…………………….

The Native Court gave Judgment for the plaintiff for the sum of 20, being arrears of rent. There are other portions of the Judgment which deal with title to the area in dispute and which were the subject matter of adverse comment in later proceedings, but I do not for the moment consider them relevant for the point to which I am leading. This Judgment went on appeal before the District Officer. He heard it as an appeal and made the following order:

I study the record and consider that Court should have called as Court’s witnesses the two remaining sub-families of Umuonala family. The case could be determined on the strength of their evidence without trying to compel the defendant to bring an action for title to the land in dispute. It is for the plaintiff to prove title, if anyone does. The appeal succeeds.

I set aside the judgment of the Court below and order that the case be re-opened to enable witnesses to be called from the other two sub-families of Umuonala.

The case went back to the Native Court, and a Bench consisting of three out of the five Judges who delivered Judgment, and four who sat over the case when it began on the 6th July, 1956, re-opened the case on the 17th September, 1956, as ordered by the District Officer. On the 8th October, 1956, when further evidence was heard, this Bench had increased to five. The record, when the case was reopened, reads as follows:

The Record of proceedings in the previous hearing read and interpreted before the hearing of the bench. The District Officer’s remarks also read.

“Q. by Court to plaintiff: What are the names of those two families whose evidence are required in this case?

Ans.:  They are known as Umuonemum and Akpoadimora.

The witnesses were then called as well as some others called by the Court, at the end of which the record reads as follows:

We have reheard the case and also heard new witnesses produced…

At the hearing of this appeal I brought this matter to the notice of Mr Sofola for the respondent and Shyngle for the appellants, as I thought the order of the District Officer was one he was not empowered by law to make and therefore a matter affecting his jurisdiction. It is true that a full dress argument did not develop on the point. Mr Sofola contended that the proceedings in Suit 33/56 were not a nullity as the res was not affected. References were also made to ss. 33 and 40 of the Native Courts Ordinance, Cap. 142, Vol. 4 of the 1948 Laws of Nigeria. Mr Shyngle on the other hand contended that once the District Officer had no power to send a case back for further evidence to be taken the whole proceedings are a nullity, and that that was a matter which could be taken in this appeal.

I shall first deal with the question as to whether this was a matter that could be taken up by the Appeal Court itself. Order VII, rule 2(6) of the Federal Supreme Court Rules provides that:

……………………..J…………………….

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions the Court in deciding the appeal shall not be confined to the grounds set forth by the appellant:

Provided that the Court shall not if it allows the appeal rest its decision on any ground not set forth by the appellant unless the respondent has had sufficient opportunity of contesting the cause on that ground.

As I said earlier in this judgment, Counsel for both sides were invited by me to adduce arguments on this point, and though there was no full dress argument, neither Counsel sought for an adjournment with a view to making preparations for a more detailed argument.

The Judgment of the Learned Judge in the Court below rests on the point that the decision in Suit 33/1956 is res judicata, and Learned Counsel for the appellants has filed grounds of appeal attacking the judgment and the finding of res judicata. In my view if it becomes apparent on the record that a judgment which is relied on as res judicata is in fact a nullity through excess or lack of Jurisdiction, it is the duty of trial and an Appeal Court of its own motion to take up the point provided opportunity is given to both sides to adduce arguments on the issue.

In the case of Westminister Bank Ltd. v. Edwards, (1942) A.C. 529, Viscount Simon, L.C., says this at page 533:

Moreover, the question was not in issue. There are of course, cases in which a Court should itself take an objection of its own, even though the point is not raised by any parties to it.

After giving certain instances of when this may be done, the judgment continues thus:

Again, a Court not only may, but should, take objection where the absence of jurisdiction is apparent on the face of the proceedings. Thus an appellate Court not only may, but must, take objection that it has no jurisdiction to hear an appeal if it is apparent that no right of appeal exists.

Lord Wright, at page 536 of the same report, says this:

Now it is clear that a Court is not entitled but bound to put an end to proceedings if at any stage and by any means it becomes manifest that they are incompetent. It can do so of its own initiative, even though the parties have consented to the irregularity, because as Willes, J., said in City of London Corporation v. Cox (3) in the course of giving the answers of the Judges to this House,

“mere acquiescence does not give jurisdiction.”

In Farquharson v. Morgan (4) Lord Halsbury states the principle thus:-

……………………..K…………………….

It has been long settled that, where an objection to the jurisdiction of an inferior Court appears on the face of the proceedings, it is immaterial by what means and by whom the Court is informed of such objection. The Court must protect the prerogative of the Crown and the due course of the administration of Justice by prohibiting the inferior Court from proceeding in matters as to which it is apparent that it has no jurisdiction.

That was a case of prohibition, but I think the general principle applies equally to the duty of the Court to take the objection when it becomes apparent in the course of proceedings before it in an appeal.

The words of Lord Wright in the passage to which I have referred are very strong indeed

“at any stage and by any means”.

I now turn to the order of the District Officer, for if he acted in excess of the jurisdiction given him by the Native Courts Ordinance, if he had no power to make the order which he in fact made, then that order is a nullity, and no matter what happened subsequently in the Native Court, no matter what the parties may have agreed upon, the proceedings subsequent to the order are a nullity.

Now the power of the District Officer on hearing an appeal are contained in s. 40 of the aforesaid Ordinance, which reads thus:

A Native Court of Appeal, a Magistrate’s Court, the High Court, a District Officer, a Resident or the Governor in the exercise of his appellate jurisdiction under this Ordnance may

(a) after rehearing the whole case or not, make any such Order or pass any such Sentence as the Court of first instance could have made or passed in such cause or matter;

(b) order any such cause or matter to be reheard before the Court of first instance or before any other native court or before any Magistrate’s Court.

It is with s. 40(b) that we are here concerned, for the District Officer never reheard the case. Was the order of the District Officer an order that the case should be reheard or was it an order sending the case back for certain witnesses to be heard? If it was the former, the order was perfectly valid; if the latter, it was invalid.

In the case of Timitimi v. Amabebe, 14 W.A.C.A. 374 at 377, Coussey JA. said that:

There is a distinction between an order or judgment which a Court is not competent to make and an order which, even if erroneous in law or in fact, is within the Court’s competency.

In my view the present case on appeal comes within the former. The Learned Justice of Appeal went on to say that where there is no jurisdiction the proceedings are void and are of no probative force between the parties.

……………………..L…………………….

I have set out above the Order made by the District Officer, a person versed in the English language, though perhaps not a member of the Legal profession, and I cannot convince myself that when one reads the whole of the Order as set out by me above, he meant anything other than, and was understood by the Court below as meaning anything other than what he said, i.e. that the case should be reopened, not retried in toto, but reopened so as to enable certain witnesses to be called. This order is in my view a nullity, with the result that the subsequent proceedings to this order are also a nullity.

I am grateful to my Lord Brett. F.J., for the opportunity given me of reading the remarks which have just been made by him, particularly with respect to the decision of this Court in Ude v. Agu (1961) All N.L.R. 65.1 would humbly agree with the view that the whole of the order of the District Officer, and not just a portion of it, is invalid if the order to reopen is invalid. This would leave the Judgment of the Native Court of the 16th July, 1956, as the subsisting Judgment. As my Lord has said in his remarks no reliance has been placed by Mr Shyngle on this Judgment as constituting res judicata. In my judgment in determining this appeal no help can be obtained from the proceedings in 33/56. They must be ignored. In my view, if the District Officer had no jurisdiction after setting aside a Judgment of the Native Court to order a case to be reopened for the purpose of allowing further witnesses to be called, then the order and the subsequent reopening of the case are a nullity, as are the subsequent appeals based on the case.

I have refrained from saying anything about the effect of the change in the composition of the Court for two reasons: (1) because arguments were not invited on the point, it not having been noticed at the hearing, and (2) the point on which argument was invited is sufficient to dispose of Appeal No. 33/56. That being the case, can the Judgment of the Judge on Appeal, based as it was on the finding that the Judgment in Appeal No. 33/56 operated as res judicata, stand? In my view it cannot. Mr Shyngle for the appellants has argued that there are concurrent findings of fact of three Courts in favour of the appellants, and has asked this Court to confirm the decision of the Magistrate to which I have already referred. This conclusion is inescapable, for the Learned Judge on Appeal in the High Court did not deal with the facts of the case. The Learned Counsel for the respondent has put his arguments on the issue of res judicata and nothing else.

For these reasons I beg to differ from the majority Judgment delivered by My Lord, Bairamian, F.J. I would allow the appeal, set aside the Judgment of the High Court and restore that of the Magistrate. I would award the appellants the costs of the appeal.

Appearances

Shyngle

Onyekwuluje For Appellant

AND

Sofola For Respondent

The case of Madukolu v Nkemdilim is a locus classicus case on the issue of jurisdiction in Nigeria. In this case, the Supreme Court laid down the principles that determine when a Court is competent (or has jurisdiction) to adjudicate over a suit before it.